WO2010024783A1 - Biarylrhodanine and pyridylrhodanine compounds and their use - Google Patents

Biarylrhodanine and pyridylrhodanine compounds and their use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010024783A1
WO2010024783A1 PCT/SG2009/000301 SG2009000301W WO2010024783A1 WO 2010024783 A1 WO2010024783 A1 WO 2010024783A1 SG 2009000301 W SG2009000301 W SG 2009000301W WO 2010024783 A1 WO2010024783 A1 WO 2010024783A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
compounds
compound
och
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/SG2009/000301
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Christina L. L. Chai
Paul H. Bernardo
Jin Xu
Victor C. Yu
Kah-Fei Wan
Henry Y. K. Mok
Thirunavukkarasu Sivaraman
Janarthanan Kjrishnamoorthy
Original Assignee
Agency For Science, Technology And Research
National University Of Singapore
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Agency For Science, Technology And Research, National University Of Singapore filed Critical Agency For Science, Technology And Research
Publication of WO2010024783A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010024783A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/36Sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to compounds related to rhodanine, which compounds are inter alia inhibitors and/or binders of antiapoptotic/pro-survival Bcl-2 proteins such as Bcl-X L and/or Mcl-1.
  • the present invention is concerned with Rhodanine-based Pan-Bcl- 2 inhibitors and Mcl-1 -specific inhibitors as anti-cancer compounds.
  • the present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit and/or bind Bcl-2 proteins such as Bcl-X L and/or Mcl-1 , and in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are mediated by Bcl-2 proteins, that are ameliorated by the inhibition of Bcl-2 protein function (such as Bcl-X L and/or Mcl-1 ) including proliferative conditions such as cancer, optionally in combination with another agent.
  • Bcl-2 proteins such as Bcl-X L and/or Mcl-1
  • the technical field of this invention deals with the chemical synthesis and biological testing of biologically active compounds, in particular, compounds based on the pyridine alkenyl rhodanine core structure (Structure 1 and 2 - see below) and its reduced forms (Structure 3 and 4 - see below) designed to inhibit the function of pro- survival Bcl-2 proteins.
  • Ranges are often expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by the use of the antecedent "about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment.
  • the Bcl-2 family of proteins have been implicated in the survival of cancer cells.
  • This family of proteins which includes Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 , confers protection on cancer cells by sequestering the proteins required for apoptosis induction.
  • the protection offered to cancer cells by the Bcl-2 proteins is by no means trivial. Studies have shown that BCI-X L can protect a cell from dying even after its DNA has been severely damaged. This may account for the resilience of some cancers in spite of chemotherapy and radiotherapy.
  • the pro-survival Bcl-2 proteins act by sequestering pro-apoptosis Bcl-2 proteins such as Bak, Bid, Bax and Bad. Inhibiting the function of the pro-survival proteins causes the release of the pro-apoptosis proteins which aggregate to form channels in the mitochondria to allow the release of caspase activators such as cytochrome c.
  • caspase activators such as cytochrome c.
  • ABT-737 showed potent nanomolar inhibitory activity against the Bcl-X L protein incubated with a fluorescein- labelled Bid peptide. It also showed nanomolar activity against Bcl-2, and Bcl-w. However, a separate unbiased study showed that ABT-737 has an IC 50 value of 64 nM against Bcl-X L , and 0.12 ⁇ M activity against Bcl-2. In the same study, ABT-737 was inactive towards Mcl-1 (>20 ⁇ M) when tested against the fluorescein-labelled Bid peptide.
  • the compound GX-15-070 shows micromolar inhibitory activity against various Bcl-2 proteins including Bcl-X L and Mcl-1.
  • Obatoclax displayed an IC 5 O of 4.7 ⁇ M against Bcl-X L and 2.90 ⁇ M against Mcl-1.
  • Obatoclax is often advocated in the literature as an Mcl-1 specific inhibitor due to its micromolar activity against the proteins and the Bid peptide.
  • BH3I-1 Interestingly, the IC 5O values of BH3I-1 and GX-15 are very similar.
  • the IC 50 value obtained against BcI-X L is 5.9 ⁇ M while the activity against Mcl-1 is 2.2 ⁇ M.
  • the antiapoptotic Bcl-2 proteins (Bcl-2, Bcl-X L , Mcl-1 , A1 ) are attractive targets for cancer chemotherapy. It has been shown that cancer cells overexpress one or more of these proteins to prevent the induction of apoptosis or programmed cell death. These proteins confer protection on cancer cells by sequestering the proapoptotic proteins Bax and Bak.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to certain pyridylrhoda ⁇ ine compounds
  • PRD compounds for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "PRD compounds"
  • a further aspect of the invention pertains to certain diarylrhodanine compounds (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "DRD compounds”), as described herein.
  • DRD compounds diarylrhodanine compounds
  • the present invention also provides a library of compounds based on the pyridine alkenyl rhodanine core structure to inhibit the Bcl-2 family of proteins. As described herein, the biological activity of the compounds has been screened.
  • the present invention describes the library of compounds based on the pyridine alkenyl rhodanine core structure (formula IV and formula V herein) and its reduced forms (formula Vl and formula VII herein) and their respective biological activities.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • a method of preparing a composition comprising the step of admixing a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 ), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a Bcl-2 protein (especially one or both of BCI-XL and Mcl-1) with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and Mcl-1) in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), promoting apoptosis, or a combination of both, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a PRD or DRD compound as described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
  • the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by Bcl-2 protein (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 ). In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and McM ).
  • the treatment is treatment of a proliferative condition.
  • the treatment is treatment of cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, CNS cancer or leukemia.
  • kits comprising (a) a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, preferably provided as a pharmaceutical composition and in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, for example, written instructions on how to administer the compound.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a PRD or DRD compound obtainable by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a PRD or DRD compound obtained by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to novel intermediates, as described herein, which are suitable for use in the methods of synthesis described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to the use of such novel intermediates, as described herein, in the methods of synthesis described herein.
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds
  • PRD compounds (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "PRD compounds").
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • one of X 2 and X 3 is N and the other is CH;
  • R 1 is independently selected from H or R N , wherein R N is independently branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C 1-2 OaIKyI and is optionally substituted;
  • each of R A and R B is independently selected from H, C 1-20 alkyl, C 1-20 alkoxy, C 3 - 20 aryl, C 3-2 oaryl-C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH or R A and R B together with the ring atoms to which they are attached form C 3 . 7 heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted;
  • R c is independently selected from halo and C 3-20 aryl, and is optionally substituted;
  • n is independently 0 to 5;
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of formula II, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • each of X 1 , R 1 , X 2 , X 3 , R A , R B and n is independently as defined above with respect to formula I;
  • each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is independently selected from H, C 1-20 alkyl, C 1- 2 oalkoxy, C 3-2 oaryl, C 3 . 2 oaryl-Ci. 7 alkyl, Cs ⁇ oheterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C 3- yheterocyclyl formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached, and is optionally substituted.
  • the compound are selected from compounds of formula III, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • one of X 2 and X 3 is N and the other is CH.
  • X 2 is N and X 3 is CH.
  • X 2 is CH and X 3 is N.
  • R 1 is independently H or R N . In embodiments R 1 is independently H. In embodiments R 1 is independently R N .
  • R N is independently branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C 1-20 alkyl and is optionally substituted.
  • R N is independently branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C 1-15 alkyl, preferably C 1-10 alkyl, more preferably C 1-7 alkyl and most preferably C 1-5 alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • R N is branched. In embodiments R N is saturated.
  • R N is independently Ci -2 oalkyl and is substituted by R AN , wherein R AN is an anionic group or a group that is converted to an anionic group when metabolised (e.g. by enzymatic action) (e.g., in vivo).
  • R AN is an anionic group or a group that is converted to an anionic group when metabolised (e.g. by enzymatic action) (e.g., in vivo).
  • a group that is converted to an anionic group when metabilised is a prodrug, as defined herein.
  • anionic groups include: -COO " , -SO 3 " , -SO 2 " , -PO 3 H “ and -B(OH)O “ .
  • the anionic functionality can be provided by an acid, for example: -COOH, -SO 3 H, - SO 2 H, -P(O)(OH) 2 and -B(OH) 2 .
  • R AN is independently an acid, preferably independently selected from: -COOH, -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, -P(O)(OH) 2 and -B(OH) 2 .
  • the anionic functionality can be provided by a salt, for example a Na or K salt, for example: -COONa, -SO 3 Na, -SO 2 Na, -P(O)(OH)ONa, -B(OH)ONa, -COOK, -SO 3 K, -SO 2 K, -P(O)(OH)OK and -B(OH)OK.
  • a salt for example a Na or K salt, for example: -COONa, -SO 3 Na, -SO 2 Na, -P(O)(OH)ONa, -B(OH)ONa, -COOK, -SO 3 K, -SO 2 K, -P(O)(OH)OK and -B(OH)OK.
  • R AN is independently an acid salt, preferably independently selected from: -COONa, - SO 3 Na, -SO 2 Na, -P(O)(OH)ONa, -B(OH)ONa, -COOK, -SO 3 K, -SO 2 K, -P(O)(OH)OK and -B(OH)OK.
  • Suitable groups that are converted to an anionic group when metabolised include esters, especially alkyl esters.
  • esters especially alkyl esters.
  • R AN is independently an ester, preferably alkyl ester.
  • R AN is independently selected from: -CO 2 R, -SO 3 R, -SO 2 R, - P(O)(OH)(OR) and -B(OH)(OR), wherein R is an ester substituent as defined herein, preferably akyl, preferably R E , wherein each R E is independently selected from H, Ci- 7 alkyl and C 3 : 12 aryl.
  • R N is independently Ci -20 alkyl and is substituted by R AN , wherein R AN is independently an acid group or an ester group.
  • the acid group is selected from carboxylic acid, phosphonic acid, sulfonic acid and boronic acid.
  • the ester group is selected from an ester of carboxylic acid, an ester of phosphonic acid, an ester of sulfonic acid and an ester of boronic acid.
  • R N is independently C 1-2O alkyl and is substituted by one or more groups independently selected from -C(0)0R E , -P(O)(OR E ) 2 , -S0 3 R E and -B(OR E ) 2 ; wherein each R E is independently as defined herein.
  • R AN preferably being an acid group or ester group, more preferably selected from -C(O)OR E , -P(O)(OR E ) 2 , -SO 3 R E and -B(OR E ) 2
  • R AN is on the ⁇ -carbon with respect to the nitrogen of the oxothioxothiazolidinyl ring.
  • R N is:
  • R AN is as defined herein, preferably being an acid group or an ester group, more preferably selected from -C(O)OR E , -P(O)(OR E ) 2 , -SO 3 R E and -B(OR E ) 2 ; wherein each R E is independently as defined herein; and R N ⁇ is selected from H and branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C 1-10 alkyl and is optionally substituted.
  • the NR N group is an amino acid, amino phosphonic acid, amino sulfonic acid or amino boronic acid, or an ester of such acids.
  • R N is independently branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C 1-2 oalkyl and is substituted by -C(O)OR E , i.e. R N is - C(O)OR E -C 1-20 alkyl, preferably C(O)OR E -C 1 . 7 alkyl and more preferably C(O)OR E -C 1- salkyl.
  • R N is:
  • R E is as defined herein, preferably H or C 1-3 alkyl; and R N ⁇ is independently selected from H and branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C 1-5 alkyl and is optionally substituted.
  • R N ⁇ is unsubstituted.
  • R N ⁇ is substituted, preferably with C 3-2 oaryl ,as discussed in more detail below.
  • R E is as defined herein, preferably H or C 1-3 alkyl.
  • R N is substituted with C 3-2 oaryl, preferably C 5- i 2 aryl, preferably C 5 . 7 aryl and more preferably C ⁇ aryl, which aryl substituent is itself optionally substituted.
  • a particularly preferred aryl substituent is phenyl, which is optionally substituted.
  • R N is independently selected from branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C 1-2 oalkyl and C ⁇ oaryl-C ⁇ oalkyl and is optionally substituted.
  • R N is independently selected from branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C 1-20 alkyl substituted by R AN and C 3 . 2o aryl-Ci- 2 oalkyl substituted by R AN and is optionally further substituted. Particularly preferred is C 1-10 alkyl or C 5-B a ⁇ l-C 1- ioalkyl substituted by R AN and is optionally further substituted.
  • R N is substituted by C 3 . 20 aryl and R AN . That is, in embodimets R N is independently C 3-2 oaryl-Ci_ 20 alkyl substituted by R AN and is optionally further substituted.
  • R N is aryl substituted alkyl, preferably C 5 . 7 aryl-Ci -7 alkyl, and is preferably substituted with R AN as defined herein.
  • R N is :
  • R AN is an acid group or an ester group, preferably selected from -C(O)OR E , - P(O)(OR E ) 2 , -SO 3 R E and -B(OR E ) 2 ; wherein each R E is independently selected from H, C 1-7 alkyl and C 3 .i 2 aryl; and R N ⁇ is selected from branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated d.ioalkyl optionally substituted with C 5-7 aryl, which aryl is itself optionally substituted.
  • R AN is -C(O)OR E .
  • R N is: V
  • R E is as defined herein; and R N ⁇ is independently branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C 1-5 alkyl and is optionally substituted with C 5 . 7 aryl, which aryl is itself optionally substituted.
  • R E is as defined herein, preferably H or C 1-3 alkyl.
  • R AN is an anionic group or a group that is converted to an anionic group when metabolised (e.g. by enzymatic action) (e.g., in vivo).
  • a group that is converted to an anionic group when metabilised is a prodrug, as defined herein.
  • R AN is independently selected from an acid, an acid salt or an ester. In embodiments R AN is independently selected from an acid and an ester. In embodiments R AN is independently an acid. In embodiments R AN is independently an ester. In embodiments R AN is independently an acid salt. In embodiments R AN is independently selected from: -COOH, -SO 3 H, -SO 2 H, - P(O)(OH) 2 and -B(OH) 2 .
  • R AN is independently selected from: -CO 2 R, -SO 3 R, -SO 2 R, -
  • R is an ester substituent as defined herein, preferably akyl, preferably R E , wherein each R E is independently selected from H, C 1- 7 alkyl and C 3 . 12 aryl.
  • R AN is independently selected from: -COONa, -SO 3 Na, -SO 2 Na, - P(O)(OH)ONa, -B(OH)ONa, -COOK, -SO 3 K, -SO 2 K, -P(O)(OH)OK and -B(OH)OK.
  • R E is independently selected from H, C 1-7 alkyl and C 3-12 aryl.
  • R E is independently selected from H, C 1-7 alkyl and C 5-6 aryl.
  • R E is independently selected from H and C 1-7 alkyl.
  • R E is independently selected from H and C 1-3 alkyl. In embodiments R E is independently selected from H and dalkyl.
  • R E is H.
  • each of R A and R B is independently selected from H, C 1-2 oalkyl, C 1- 2oalkoxy, C 3-20 aryl, C 3-20 aryl-C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-2 oheterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH or R A and R B together with the ring atoms to which they are attached form C 3-7 heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each of R A and R B is independently selected from H, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1- 7 alkoxy, C 5-7 aryl, C 5- 7aryl-C 1-7 alkyl, C 5-7 heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH or R A and R B together with the ring atoms to which they are attached form C 5-7 heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each of R A and R B is independently selected from aryl, alkyl, arylalkane, halogen, amino, hydroxyl, hydrogen and a heterocyclic group, and is optionally substituted.
  • R A is independently H.
  • R B is independently H.
  • R A is H and R B is H.
  • R c is independently selected from halo and C 3-2 oaryl, and is optionally substituted;
  • R c is independently halo. In embodiments R c is independently C 3-2 oaryl and is optionally substituted.
  • R c is selected from F, Cl and Br, preferably Cl or Br and most preferably Br.
  • R c is C 5-12 aryl, preferably C 5-7 aryl, more preferably C 5-6 aryl, more preferably, and most preferably phenyl and is optionally substituted.
  • R c is substituted, preferably with one or more groups selected from the groups as defined herein with respect to each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , more preferably in respect of each of R 2 , R 3 and R 4 .
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from H, C 1- 20 alkyl, Ci -2 oalkoxy, C 3-20 aryl, C 3 . 20 aryl-C 1-7 alkyl, C ⁇ oheterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C 3-7 heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
  • each alkyl is independently C ⁇ salkyl, more preferably C 1-10 alkyl, more preferably Gi- 7 alkyl, and most preferably C h alky!.
  • each alkoxy is independently Ci-i 5 alkoxy, more preferably Ci -10 alkoxy, more preferably Ci -7 alkoxy, and most preferably C 1-5 alkoxy.
  • each aryl is independently C 5-20 aryl, more preferably C 5- i 2 aryl, more preferably C 5-7 aryl, more preferably C 5-6 aryl and most preferably C 6 aryl.
  • a particularly preferred C 6 aryl is phenyl, suitably unsubstituted phenyl.
  • each amino is independently NR N1 R N2 , wherein R N1 and R N2 are independently amino substituents, suitably selected from H, C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, and C 5-20 aryl, preferably H or C 1-7 alkyl, or R N1 and R N2 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
  • each halo is independently selected from Cl, Br and F, more preferably Cl and Br and most preferably Cl.
  • each heterocyclyl is independently C 5-20 heterocyclyl, more preferably C 5-12 heterocyclyl, more preferably C 5- 7heterocycle, more preferably C 5-6 heterocyclyl and most preferably C 6 heterocyclyl.
  • each aryl-alkyl is independently C 5- i 5 aryl-Ci -7 alkyl, more preferably
  • any one of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is C 3-7 heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituents and the ring atoms to which they are attached, preferably the C 3 . 7 heterocycle comprises one or two heteroatoms, preferably two heteroatoms.
  • any one of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is C 3-7 heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituents and the ring atoms to which they are attached, preferably the C 3-7 heterocycle comprises one or two oxygen ring atom, preferably two oxygen ring atoms.
  • any one of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is Cs- T -heterocyclyl formed with an adjacent substituents and the ring atoms to which they are attached, preferably the heterocyclyl is C 3 - 5 heterocyclyl, more preferably C 5 heterocyclyl.
  • each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is independently selected from H, C 1- 2 oalkyl, C 1-20 alkoxy, C 3-2 oaryl, halo, amino, OH and C 3 . 7 heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
  • each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is independently selected from H, Ci. 2 oalkyl, C 1-20 alkoxy, halo and C 3-7 heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
  • each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is independently selected from H, C 1- 20 alkoxy, halo and C 3-7 heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
  • each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is independently selected from aryl, alkyl, arylalkane, halogen, amino, hydroxyl, hydrogen and a heterocyclic group, and is optionally substituted. In embodiments at least one of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is not H. In embodiments at least two of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are not H.
  • At least one of R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is not H. In embodiments at least two of R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are not H.
  • R 2 is not H and R 3 is not H, or (ii) R 3 is not H and R 4 is not H.
  • the phenyl is mono- or di-substituted.
  • 2,3-substitution or 3,4 substitution is particularly preferred.
  • each of R 5 and R 6 is independently H.
  • R 5 is H and R 6 is H and at least one, preferably at least two, of R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is/are not H.
  • each of R 2 , R 3 and R 4 is selected from H, C 1- 2oalkyl, C 1-2O aIkOXy, halo and C 3-7 heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from Ci -20 alkyl, C 1-2 oalkoxy and halo or together (if adjacent) form C 3- 7 heterocycle with the ring atoms to which they are attached, and the other one is H.
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are selected as follows: (a) R 2 is Ci- 20 alkoxy, R 3 is C 1- 20 alkoxy and R 4 is H; or (b) each of R 3 and R 4 is independently C 1-20 alkyl, C 1-2 oalkoxy, halo or together form a -0-CH 2 -O- group, and R 2 is H.
  • each of R 5 and R 6 is H.
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are:
  • R 2 is independently selected from H, Ci -2 oalkyl, Ci -2 oalkoxy, C 3-2 oaryl,
  • R 2 is independently selected from H, C 1 . 2 oalkyl, C 1-20 alkoxy and halo.
  • R 2 is independently selected from H, C 1-7 alkyl, Ci -7 alkoxy and halo.
  • R 2 is independently selected from H and C 1-7 alkoxy.
  • R 2 is independently selected from H and C 1-5 alkoxy.
  • R 3 is independently selected from H, Ci -20 alkyl, C 1-20 alkoxy, C 3-2O aryl,
  • R 3 is independently selected from H, C 1-20 alkyl, C 1-20 alkoxy, halo and
  • R 3 is independently selected from C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, halo and -O-
  • R 3 is independently selected from d -5 alkoxy, halo and -0-CH 2 -O- formed together with R 4 .
  • R 3 is independently selected from C 1-5 alkoxy, Cl and -0-CH 2 -O- formed together with R 4 . In embodiments R 3 is independently selected from OCH 3 , Cl and -0-CH 2 -O- formed together with R 4 .
  • R 4 is independently selected from H, C 1-2 oalkyl, C 1-2 oalkoxy, C 3 , 2 oaryl,
  • R 4 is independently selected from H, C 1-20 alkyl, C 1-2 oalkoxy, halo and
  • R 4 is independently selected from Ci -7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy and -0-CH 2 -
  • R 4 is independently selected from Ci -5 alkyl, C 1-5 alkoxy and -0-CH 2 - O- formed together with R 3 .
  • R 4 is independently selected from -C(CH 3 ) 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCH(CH 3 ) 2 and -0-CH 2 -O- formed together with R 3 .
  • R 2 is independently selected from H, Ci -2 oalkyl, C 1-2 oalkoxy, C 3-20 aryl, C 3-20 aryl-C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C 3-7 heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
  • R 5 is H.
  • R 2 is independently selected from H, Ci -20 alkyl, C 1-20 alkoxy, C 3-20 aryl, C 3-20 aryl-Ci- 7 alkyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C 3-7 heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
  • R 6 is H.
  • n is independently 0 to 5.
  • n is 0 to 3, preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1 and most preferably 0.
  • In embodiments is independently a single bond or a double bond In embodiments is a double bond.
  • the present invention pertains to compounds based on the pyridine alkenyl rhodanine core structure (see formula IV and formula V below) and its reduced forms (see formula Vl and formula VII below) designed to inhibit the function of pro-survival Bcl-2 proteins.
  • the compound is selected from one of Formula IV, V, Vl and VII:
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 various substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxyl, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups;
  • NR compounds including but not limited to amino acids, aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids;
  • the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds, wherein the compounds are selected from compounds of formula IV and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
  • the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds, wherein the compounds are selected from compounds of formula V and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
  • the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds, wherein the compounds are selected from compounds of formula Vl and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
  • the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds, wherein the compounds are selected from compounds of formula VII and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
  • the present invention provides compounds according to any one of structures 1 to 4 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • R7 variable substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxy, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups
  • NR compounds including but not limited to amino acids aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 various substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxy, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups
  • NR compounds including but not limited to amino acids aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids Structure 2
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 various substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxy, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups
  • NR compounds including but not limited to amino acids aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids
  • R 7 various substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxy, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups
  • NR compounds including but not limited to amino acids aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids
  • the present invention relates to certain diarylrhodanine compounds (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "DRD compounds").
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of formula VIII, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • each of X , R 1 R 1 R and n is independently as defined herein;
  • R D is independently C 3-2 oaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of formula IX, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • R , Rr, R , R ⁇ , R , R & , R and R are as defined herein.
  • R D is C 3-20 aryl and is optionally substituted.
  • R D is C 5- i 2 aryl and is optionally substituted, preferably C 5-7 aryl and is optionally substituted, more preferably C 5-6 aryl and is optionally substituted, more preferably C 6 aryl and is optionally substituted, and most preferably phenyl and is optionally substituted.
  • R D is substituted, preferably with one or more groups selected from the groups as defined herein with respect to each of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , more preferably in respect of each of R 2 , R 3 and R 4 .
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of formula X, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R N are as defined herein.
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of formula Xl, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • substituted refers to a parent group which bears one or more substitutents.
  • substitutents refers to a chemical moiety which is covalently attached to, or if appropriate, fused to, a parent group.
  • substituents are well known, and methods for their formation and introduction into a variety of parent groups are also well known.
  • Alkyl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g., partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated).
  • alkyl includes the sub-classes alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyenyl, cylcoalkynyl, etc., discussed below.
  • the prefixes denote the number of carbon atoms, or range of number of carbon atoms.
  • the term "Ci_ 4 alkyl,” as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • groups of alkyl groups include C 1-4 alkyl ("lower alkyl"), C 1-7 alkyl, and C ⁇ alkyl.
  • the first prefix may vary according to other limitations; for example, for unsaturated alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 2; for cyclic and branched alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 3; etc.
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), propyl (C 3 ), butyl (C 4 ), pentyl (C 5 ), hexyl (C 6 ), heptyl (C 7 ), octyl (C 8 ), nonyl (C 9 ), decyl (C 10 ), undecyl (C 11 ), dodecyl (C 12 ), tridecyl (C 13 ), tetradecyl (C 14 ), pentadecyl (C 15 ), and eicodecyl (C 20 ).
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (amyl) (C 5 ), n-hexyl (C 6 ), and n-heptyl (C 7 ).
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C 3 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), iso-pentyl (C 5 ), and neo-pentyl (C 5 ).
  • Alkenyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Examples of groups of alkenyl groups include C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-20 alkenyl.
  • Alkynyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Examples of groups of alkynyl groups include C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 2-20 alkynyl.
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (ethinyl, -C ⁇ CH) and 2-propynyl (propargyl, -CH 2 -CMDH).
  • Cycloalkyl refers to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a carbocyclic ring of a carbocyclic compound, which carbocyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g., partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated), which moiety has from 3 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), including from 3 to 20 ring atoms.
  • cycloalkyl includes the sub-classes cycloalkyenyl and cycloalkynyl.
  • each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms.
  • groups of cycloalkyl groups include C 3-20 cycloalkyl, C 3 . 15 cycloalkyl, C 3-1 ocycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropane (C 3 ), cyclobutane (C 4 ), cyclopentane (C 5 ), cyclohexane (C 6 ), cycloheptane (C 7 ), methylcyclopropane (C 4 ), dimethylcyclopropane (C 5 ), methylcyclobutane (C 5 ), dimethylcyclobutane (C 6 ), methylcyclopentane (C 6 ), dimethylcyclopentane (C 7 ), methylcyclohexane (C 7 ), dimethylcyclohexane (C 8 ), menthane (Ci 0 ); unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropene (C 3 ), cyclobutene (C 4 ), cyclopentene (C 5 ), cyclohexene (C 6 ), methylcyclopropan
  • Alkylidene refers to a divalent monodentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an aliphatic or alicyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified).
  • groups of alkylidene groups include C 1-2o alkylidene, d ⁇ alkylidene, C 1-4 alkylidene.
  • Alkylidyne refers to a trivalent monodentate moiety obtained by removing three hydrogen atoms from an aliphatic or alicyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified).
  • groups of alkylidyne groups include Ci -2o alkylidyne, Ci -7 alkylidyne, C ⁇ alkylidyne.
  • alkylidyne groups include, but are not limited to, methylidyne ( ⁇ CH), ethylidyne ( ⁇ C-CH 3 ), and benzylidyne ( ⁇ C-Ph).
  • Carbocyclyl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a carbocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified). Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms.
  • the prefixes denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms.
  • C 5 . 6 carbocyclyl as used herein, pertains to a carbocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • groups of carbocyclyl groups include C 3-2 ocarbocyclyl, C 3 . 10 carbocyclyl, C 5-10 carbocyclyl, Cs ⁇ carbocyclyl, and C 5-7 carbocyclyl.
  • carbocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, those described above as cycloalkyl groups; and those described below as carboaryl groups.
  • Heterocyclyl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified), of which from 1 to 10 are ring heteroatoms.
  • each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
  • the prefixes denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms.
  • C 5-6 heterocyclyl refers to a heterocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • groups of heterocyclyl groups include C 3-20 heterocyclyl, C 5-2 oheterocyclyl, C 3-15 heterocyclyl, C 5-15 heterocyclyl, Cs-ioheterocyclyl, C 5-10 heterocyclyl, C 3 . 7 heterocyclyl, C 5-7 heterocyclyl, and Cs- ⁇ heterocyclyl.
  • Examples of (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: N 1 : aziridine (C 3 ), azetidine (C 4 ), pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (C 5 ), pyrroline (e.g., 3-pyrroline, 2,5-dihydropyrrole) (C 5 ), 2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (C 5 ), piperidine (C 6 ), dihydropyridine (C 6 ), tetrahydropyridine (C 6 ), azepine (C 7 );
  • O 1 oxirane (C 3 ), oxetane (C 4 ), oxolane (tetrahydrofuran) (C 5 ), oxole (dihydrofuran) (C 5 ), oxane (tetrahydropyran) (C 6 ), dihydropyran (C 6 ), pyran (C 6 ), oxepin (C 7 );
  • N 2 imidazolidine (C 5 ), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (C 5 ), imidazoline (C 5 ), pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (C 5 ), piperazine (C 6 );
  • N 1 O 1 tetrahydrooxazole (C 5 ), dihydrooxazole (C 5 ), tetrahydroisoxazole (C 5 ), dihydroisoxazole (C 5 ), morpholine (C 6 ), tetrahydrooxazine (C 6 ), dihydrooxazine (C 6 ), oxazine (C 6 );
  • N 1 S 1 thiazoline (C 5 ), thiazolidine (C 5 ), thiomorpholine (C 6 );
  • O 1 S 1 oxathiole (C 5 ) and oxathiane (thioxane) (C 6 ); and,
  • N 1 O 1 S 1 oxathiazine (C 6 ).
  • substituted (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (C 5 ), such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (C 6 ), such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
  • furanoses C 5
  • arabinofuranose such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse
  • pyranoses C 6
  • heterocyclyl groups which are also heteroaryl groups are described below with aryl groups.
  • Aryl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified). Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
  • the prefixes denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms.
  • C 5 . 6 aryl refers to an aryl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • groups of aryl groups include C 3-20 aryl, C 5-2 oaryl, C 5-15 aryl, C 5- i 2 aryl, C 5-10 aryl, C 5 . 7 aryl, C 5-6 aryl, C 5 aryl, and C 6 aryl.
  • the ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups.”
  • carboaryl groups include C 3 . 2 ocarboaryl, C 5-20 carboaryl, C 5-15 carboaryl, C 5-12 carboaryl, C 5- iocarboaryl, C 5-7 carboaryl, C 5-6 Ca rboary I 1 C 5 carboaryl, and C 6 carboaryl.
  • carboaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e., phenyl) (C 6 ), naphthalene (Ci 0 ), azulene (C 10 ), anthracene (C 14 ), phenanthrene (C 14 ), naphthacene (C 18 ), and pyrene (C 16 ).
  • aryl groups which comprise fused rings include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane (e.g., 2,3- dihydro-1H-indene) (C 9 ), indene (C g ), isoindene (C 9 ), tetraline
  • indane e.g., 2,3- dihydro-1H-indene
  • indene C g
  • isoindene C 9
  • the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, as in "heteroaryl groups.”
  • heteroaryl groups include C 3 . 20 heteroaryl, C 5-20 heteroaryl, C 5-15 heteroaryl, C 5 . 12 heteroaryl, C 5- i 0 heteroaryl, C 5-7 heteroaryl, C 5-6 heteroaryl, C 5 heteroaryl, and C 6 heteroaryl.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
  • N 1 pyrrole (azole) (C 5 ), pyridine (azine) (C 6 ); O 1 : furan (oxole) (C 5 ); S 1 : thiophene (thiole) (C 5 ); N 1 O 1 : oxazole (C 5 ), isoxazole (C 5 ), isoxazine (C 6 ); N 2 O 1 : oxadiazole (furazan) (C 5 ); N 3 O 1 : oxatriazole (C 5 );
  • N 1 S 1 thiazole (C 5 ), isothiazole (C 5 );
  • N 2 imidazole (1,3-diazole) (C 5 ), pyrazole (1 ,2-diazole) (C 5 ), pyridazine (1 ,2-diazine) (C 6 ), pyrimidine (1 ,3-diazine) (C 6 ) (e.g., cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1 ,4-diazine) (C 6 ); N 3 : triazole (C 5 ), triazine (C 6 ); and, N 4 : tetrazole (C 5 ).
  • heterocyclic groups (some of which are also heteroaryl groups) which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to: Cgheterocyclic groups (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzofuran (O 1 ), isobenzofuran (Oi), indole (N 1 ), isoindole (N 1 ), indolizine (N 1 ), indoline (N 1 ), isoindoline (N 1 ), purine (N 4 ) (e.g., adenine, guanine), benzimidazole (N 2 ), indazole (N 2 ), benzoxazole (N 1 O 1 ), benzisoxazole (N 1 O 1 ), benzodioxole (O 2 ), benzofurazan (N 2 O 1 ), benzotriazole (N 3 ), benzothiofuran (S 1 ), benzothiazole (N 1 S 1 ), benzothiadiazole (N 2 S
  • C T iheterocylic groups (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzodiazepine (N 2 ); C 13 heterocyclic groups (with 3 fused rings) derived from carbazole (N 1 ), dibenzofuran (O 1 ), dibenzothiophene (S 1 ), carboline (N 2 ), perimidine (N 2 ), pyridoindole (N 2 ); and, C 14 heterocyclic groups (with 3 fused rings) derived from acridine (N 1 ), xanthene (O 1 ), thioxanthene (S 1 ), oxanthrene (O 2 ), phenoxathiin (O 1 Si), phenazine (N 2 ), phenoxazine (NiO 1 ), phenothiazine (N 1 S 1 ), thianthrene (S 2 ), phenanthridine (N 1 ), phenanthroline (N 2 ), phenazine (
  • Heterocyclic groups which have a nitrogen ring atom in the form of an -NH- group may be N-substituted, that is, as -NR-.
  • pyrrole may be N-methyl substituted, to give N-methylpyrrole.
  • N- substitutents include, but are not limited to Ci-7alkyl, C 3 . 2 oheterocyclyl, C 5-2 oaryl, and acyl groups.
  • quinoline may be substituted to give quinoline N-oxide; pyridine to give pyridine N-oxide; benzofurazan to give benzofurazan N-oxide (also known as benzofuroxan).
  • Monocyclic examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
  • C 5 cyclopentanone, cyclopentenone, cyclopentadienone
  • N 1 pyrrolidone (pyrrolidinone) (C 5 ), piperidinone (piperidone) (C 6 ), piperidinedione (C 6 );
  • N 2 imidazolidone (imidazolidinone) (C 5 ), pyrazolone (pyrazolinone) (C 5 ), piperazinone (C 6 ), piperazinedione (C 6 ), pyridazinone (C 6 ), pyrimidinone (C 6 ) (e.g., cytosine), pyrimidinedione (C 6 ) (e.g., thymine, uracil), barbituric acid (C 6 );
  • N 1 S 1 thiazolone (C 5 ), isothiazolone (C 5 ); N 1 O 1 : oxazolinone (C 5 ).
  • Polycyclic examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
  • O 1 benzopyrone (e.g., coumarin, isocoumarin, chromone) (C 10 );
  • N 1 O 1 benzoxazolinone (C 9 ), benzoxazolinone (C 10 ); N 2 : quinazolinedione (C 10 ); benzodiazepinone (C 11 ); benzodiazepinedione (C 11 );
  • N 4 purinone (C 9 ) (e.g., guanine).
  • Hydrogen -H. Note that if the substituent at a particular position is hydrogen, it may be convenient to refer to the compound or group as being "unsubstituted" at that position.
  • Halo -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
  • Ether -OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C 1-7 alkoxy group, discussed below), a C3- 2 oheterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C 3 . 2 oheterocyclyloxy group), or a C 5-2 oaryl group (also referred to as a C 5 . 20 aryloxy group), preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Alkoxy -OR, wherein R is an alkyl group, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • C 1-7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OMe (methoxy), -OEt (ethoxy), - O(nPr) (n-propoxy), -O(iPr) (isopropoxy), -O(nBu) (n-butoxy), -O(sBu) (sec-butoxy), -O(iBu) (isobutoxy), and -O(tBu) (tert-butoxy).
  • Acetal -CH(OR 1 )(OR 2 ), wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently acetal substituents, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3 - 2 oheterocyclyl group, or a C 5-2 oaryl group, preferably a Ci -7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" acetal group, R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the two oxygen atoms to which they are attached, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently acetal substituents, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3 - 2 oheterocyclyl group, or a C 5-2 oaryl group, preferably a Ci -7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" acetal group, R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the two
  • acetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OMe) 2 , -CH(OEt) 2 , and -CH(OMe)(OEt).
  • Hemiacetal -CH(OH)(OR 1 ), wherein R 1 is a hemiacetal substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3 . 20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 is a hemiacetal substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3 . 20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OH)(OMe) and -CH(OH)(OEt).
  • Ketal -CR(0R 1 )(0R 2 ), where R 1 and R 2 are as defined for acetals, and R is a ketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • ketal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OMe) 2 , -C(Me)(OEt) 2 , -C(Me)(OMe)(OEt), - C(Et)(OMe) 2 , -C(Et)(OEt) 2 , and -C(Et)(OMe)(OEt).
  • R 1 is as defined for hemiacetals, and R is a hemiketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a Ci -7 alkyl group, a C 3-2 oheterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a Ci -7 alkyl group.
  • hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OH)(OMe), - C(Et)(OH)(OMe), -C(Me)(OH)(OEt), and -C(Et)(OH)(OEt).
  • Oxo (keto, -one): O.
  • R is an acyl substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as Ci -7 alkylacyl or C 1-7 alkanoyl), a C 3-2 oheterocyclyl group (also referred to as C 3-2 oheterocyclylacyl), or a C 5-2 oaryl group (also referred to as C 5-2 oarylacyl), preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • a C 1-7 alkyl group also referred to as Ci -7 alkylacyl or C 1-7 alkanoyl
  • C 3-2 oheterocyclyl group also referred to as C 3-2 oheterocyclylacyl
  • C 5-2 oaryl group also referred to as C 5-2 oarylacyl
  • Carboxy (carboxylic acid): -C( O)OH.
  • Acyloxy (reverse ester): -OC( O)R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a Ci -7 alkyl group.
  • R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a Ci -7 alkyl group.
  • Oxycarboyloxy: -OC( O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C 1-7 alkylamino or di- C 1-7 alkylamino), a C 3-2 oheterocyclyl group, or a C 5 . 2 oaryl group, preferably H or a C 1-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C 1-7 alkylamino or di- C 1-7 alkylamino), a C 3-2 oheterocyclyl group, or a C 5 . 2 oaryl group, preferably H or a C 1-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a
  • Amino groups may be primary (-NH 2 ), secondary (-NHR 1 ), or tertiary (-NHR 1 R 2 ), and in cationic form, may be quaternary (- + NR 1 R 2 R 3 ).
  • Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH 2 , -NHCH 3 , -NHC(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , and -NHPh.
  • Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridino, azetidino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.
  • Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide): -C( O)NR 1 R 2 , wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • Thioamido (thiocarbamyl): -C( S)NR 1 R 2 , wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C 1-7 alkyl group
  • R 1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group,
  • R 1 and R 2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl: succinimidyl maleimidyl phthalimidyl
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups, and R1 is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3 . 2 oheterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • ureido groups include, but are not limited to, - NHCONH 2 , -NHCONHMe, -NHCONHEt, -NHCONMe 2 , -NHCONEt 2 , -NMeCONH 2 , - NMeCONHMe, -NMeCONHEt, -NMeCONMe 2 , and -NMeCONEt 2 .
  • Tetrazolyl a five membered aromatic ring having four nitrogen atoms and one carbon atom
  • Imino: NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Amidine (amidino): -C( NR)NR 2l wherein each R is an amidine substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3 . 20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a Ci -7 alkyl group.
  • R is a thioether substituent, for example, a C 1-7 a!kyl group (also referred to as a C 1-7 alkylthio group), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Examples of C 1-7 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH 3 and -SCH 2 CH 3 .
  • Disulfide -SS-R, wherein R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to herein as C 1-7 alkyl disulfide).
  • R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to herein as C 1-7 alkyl disulfide).
  • C 1-7 alkyl disulfide groups include, but are not limited to, -SSCH 3 and -SSCH 2 CH 3 .
  • Sulfine (sulfinyl, sulfoxide): -S( O)R, wherein R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfinate substituent, for example, a group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a d-jalkyl group.
  • R is a sulfonate substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfinyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a d. 7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfonyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-2O aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfate substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3 - 2 oheterocyclyl group, or a C 5-2 oaryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups
  • R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3- 2 oheterocyclyl group, or a C 5 . 20 aryl group, preferably a Ci -7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups
  • R is a sulfinamino substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3- 20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-2 oaryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • phosphino groups include, but are not limited to, -PH 2 , -P(CHa) 2 , -P(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -P(t-Bu) 2 , and -P(Ph) 2 .
  • R is a phosphinyl substituent, for example, a Ci -7 alkyl group, a C 3 - 20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group or a C 5-20 aryl group.
  • Phosphonate (phosphono ester): -P( O)(OR) 2 , where R is a phosphonate substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-2 oaryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5 - 20 aryl group.
  • R is a phosphonate substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-2 oaryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5 - 20 aryl group.
  • Phosphate (phosphonooxy ester): -OP( O)(OR) 2 , where R is a phosphate substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group.
  • Phosphorous acid -OP(OH) 2 .
  • Phosphite -OP(OR) 2 , where R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group.
  • R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group.
  • Examples of phosphite groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(OCH 3 ) 2 , -OP(OCH 2 CHa) 2 , -OP(CM-Bu) 21 and -OP(OPh) 2 .
  • Phosphoramidite -OP(OR 1 )-NR 2 2 , where R 1 and R 2 are phosphoramidite substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C 1-7 alkyl group, a
  • Examples of phosphoramidite groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(OCH 2 CH 3 )-N(CH 3 ) 2 , -OP(OCH 2 CH 3 )-N(i-Pr) 2 , and -OP(OCH 2 CH 2 CN)-N(I-Pr) 2 .
  • C 3-20 heterocyclyl group or a C 5 - 20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C ⁇ alkyl group, or a C 5-2 oaryl group.
  • SiIyI -SiR 3 , where R is a silyl substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5-2 oaryl group.
  • R is a silyl substituent, for example, -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5-2 oaryl group.
  • silyl groups include, but are not limited to, -SiH 3 , -SiH 2 (CH 3 ), -SiH(CH 3 ) 2 , -Si(CH 3 ) 3 , -Si(Et) 3 , -Si(JPr) 3 , -Si(tBu)(CH 3 ) 2 , and -Si(tBu) 3 .
  • Oxysilyl -Si(OR) 3 , where R is an oxysilyl substituent, for example, -H, a Ci -7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5 . 20 aryl group.
  • R is an oxysilyl substituent, for example, -H, a Ci -7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, or a C 5 . 20 aryl group.
  • Examples of oxysilyl groups include, but are not limited to, - Si(OH) 3 , -Si(OMe) 3 , -Si(OEt) 3 , and -Si(OtBu) 3 .
  • Oxysiloxy -OSi(OR) 3 , wherein OSi(OR) 3 is an oxysilyl group, as discussed above. -
  • a d -7 alkyl group may be substituted with, for example: hydroxy (also referred to as a hydroxy-C 1-7 alkyl group); halo (also referred to as a halo-C 1 . 7 alkyl group); amino (also referred to as a amino-C 1-7 alkyl group); carboxy (also referred to as a carboxy-Ci. 7 alkyl group); C 1-7 alkoxy (also referred to as a C 1-7 alkoxy-C 1-7 alkyl group); C 5-20 aryl (also referred to as a C 5-2O aIyI-C 1 . 7 alkyl group).
  • a C 5-20 aryl group may be substituted with, for example: hydroxy (also referred to as a hydroxy-C 5 . 2 oaryl group); halo (also referred to as a halo-C 5-2 oaryl group); amino (also referred to as an amino-C 5-2 oaryl group, e.g., as in aniline); carboxy (also referred to as an carboxy-C 5 .
  • C 1-7 alkyl also referred to as a C ⁇ alkyl-Cs ⁇ oaryl group, e.g., as in toluene
  • C 1-7 alkoxy also referred to as a C 1-7 alkoxy-C 5-2 oaryl group, e.g., as in anisole
  • C 5-20 aryl also referred to as a C 5-2 Qa ryl-C 5-2 oary I, e.g., as in biphenyl.
  • hydroxy-Ci -7 alkyl refers to a C 1-7 alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a hydroxy group.
  • hydrogen atom e.g. 1 , 2, 3
  • examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, and -CH(OH)CH 2 OH.
  • Halo-C 1-7 alkyl group refers to a C 1-7 alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a halogen atom (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I). If more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced with a halogen atom, the halogen atoms may independently be the same or different.
  • Every hydrogen atom may be replaced with a halogen atom, in which case the group may conveniently be referred to as a C 1-7 perhaloalkyl group.”
  • groups include, but are not limited to, -CF 3 , -CHF 2 , -CH 2 F, -CCI 3 , -CBr 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 F, -CH 2 CHF 2 , and -CH 2 CF 3 .
  • Amino-C 1-7 alkyl refers to a Ci -7 alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with an amino group.
  • groups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 NH 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 , and -CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • Carboxy-C 1-7 alkyl The term "carboxy-C 1-7 alkyl,” as used herein, pertains to a
  • C 1-7 alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a carboxy group.
  • hydrogen atom e.g. 1 , 2, 3
  • Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 COOH and -CH 2 CH 2 COOH.
  • C 1-7 alkoxy-C 1-7 alkyl refers to a C 1-7 alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a C 1-7 alkoxy group.
  • groups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , and ,-CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 3
  • C 5-2 oaryl-C 1-7 alkyl The term "C5 -2 oaryl-C 1-7 alkyl," as used herein, pertains to a Ci -7 alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a C 5 . 20 aryl group.
  • hydroxy-C 5-2 oaryl refers to a C 5-20 aryl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been substituted with an hydroxy group.
  • groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: phenol, naphthol, pyrocatechol, resorcinol, hydroquinone, pyrogallol, phloroglucinol.
  • Halo-C 5-20 aryl refers to a C 5-20 aryl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been substituted with a halo (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I) group.
  • halo e.g., F, Cl, Br, I
  • groups include, but are not limited to, halophenyl (e.g., fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, bromophenyl, or iodophenyl, whether ortho-, meta-, or para-substituted), dihalophenyl, trihalophenyl, tetrahalophenyl, and pentahalophenyl.
  • C 1-7 alkyl-C 5-2 oaryl The term "d-ralkyl-Cs ⁇ oaryl,” as used herein, pertains to a C 5-20 aryl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been substituted with a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, tolyl (from toluene), xylyl (from xylene), mesityl (from mesitylene), and cumenyl (or cumyl, from cumene), and duryl (from durene).
  • Hydroxy-Ci_ 7 alkoxy -OR, wherein R is a hydroxy-C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a hydroxy-C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • hydroxy-C 1-7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH 2 OH, -OCH 2 CH 2 OH 1 and -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH.
  • Halo-Cv T -alkoxy -OR, wherein R is a halo-C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • halo-C 1-7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCF 3 , -OCHF 2 , -OCH 2 F, -OCCI 3 , -OCBr 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 F, -OCH 2 CHF 2 , and -OCH 2 CF 3 .
  • Carboxy-C 1-7 alkoxy -OR, wherein R is a carboxy-C ⁇ alkyl group.
  • carboxy-Ci -7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH 2 COOH, -OCH 2 CH 2 COOH, and -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 COOH.
  • C 1-7 alkoxy-C 1-7 alkoxy -OR, wherein R is a Ci -7 alkoxy-C 1-7 aikyl group.
  • Examples of C ⁇ alkoxy-C ⁇ alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH 2 OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , and -OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 3 .
  • aryl-C 1-7 alkoxy -OR, wherein R is a C 5-20 aryl-C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a C 5-20 aryl-C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, benzyloxy, benzhydryloxy, trityloxy, phenethoxy, styryloxy, and cimmamyloxy.
  • R is a Cv 7 alkyl-C 5-20 aryl group.
  • examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, tolyloxy, xylyloxy, mesityloxy, cumenyloxy, and duryloxy.
  • Amino-Ci -7 alkyl-amino pertains to an amino group, -NR 1 R 2 , in which one of the substituents, R 1 or R 2 , is itself a amino- C 1-7 alkyl group (-Ci -7 alkyl-NR 3 R 4 ).
  • the amino-Ci -7 alkylamino group may be represented, for example, by the formula -NR 1 -Ci. 7 alkyl-NR 3 R 4 .
  • Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, groups of the formula -NR 1 (CH 2 ) n NR 1 R 2 , where n is 1 to 6 (for example, -NHCH 2 NH 2 , -NH(CH 2 J 2 NH 2 , -NH(CH 2 ) 3 NH 2 , -NH(CH 2 ) 4 NH 2 , -NH(CH 2 ) 5 NH 2 , -NH(CH 2 ) 6 NH 2 ), -NHCH 2 NH(Me), -NH(CH 2 J 2 NH(Me), -NH(CH 2 ) 3 NH(Me), -NH(CH 2 ) 4 NH(Me), -NH(CH 2 ) 5 NH(Me), -NH(CH 2 ) 6 NH(Me), -NHCH 2 NH(Et), -NH(CHz) 2 NH(Et), -NH(CH 2 ) 3 NH(Et), -NH(CH
  • substituent(s) are independently selected from: halo; hydroxy; ether (e.g., C 1-7 alkoxy); formyl; acyl (e.g.,
  • C ⁇ alkylacyl C 5-20 arylacyl
  • acylhalide carboxy; ester; acyloxy; amido; acylamido; thioamido; tetrazolyl; amino; nitro; nitroso; azido; cyano; isocyano; cyanato; isocyanato; thiocyano; isothiocyano; sulfhydryl; thioether (e.g., C 1-7 alkylthio); sulfonic acid; sulfonate; sulfone; sulfonyloxy; sulfinyloxy; sulfamino; sulfonamino; sulfinamino; sulfamyl; sulfonamido; Ci -7 alkyl (including, e.g., unsubstituted C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 haloalkyl, C 1-7
  • C 5 - 20 aryl including, e.g., C 5-2 ocarboaryl, C 5 . 20 heteroaryl, C 1-7 alkyl- C 5-2 oaryl and C 5-2 ohaloaryl).
  • substituent(s), often referred to herein as R are independently selected from:
  • the substituent(s), often referred to herein as R are independently selected from: hydroxy; ether (e.g., C 1-7 alkoxy); ester, amido; amino; and, Ci -7 alkyl (including, e.g., unsubstituted C 1-7 alkyl, Ci -7 haloalkyl, C 1-7 hydroxyalkyl, Ci -7 carboxyalkyl, Ci- 7 aminoalkyl, C 5 - 2 oaryl-Ci -7 alkyl).
  • substituent(s), often referred to herein as R are independently selected from:
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • the compounds are selected from: PRD05, PRD06, PRD11, PRD17, PRD18, PRD20, PRD23, PRD25, PRD26, PRD27, PRD28, PRD29, PRD30 and PRD31.
  • the compounds are selected from: PRD05, PRD06, PRD17, PRD18, PRD23, PRD29, PRD30 and PRD31.
  • the compounds are selected from: PRD06, PRD18 and PRD29.
  • the compounds are selected from: DRD02 and DRD04. Substantially Purified Forms
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to PRD or DRD compounds, as described herein, in substantially purified form and/or in a form substantially free from contaminants.
  • the substantially purified form is at least 50% by weight, e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.
  • the substantially purified form refers to the compound in any stereoisomeric or enantiomeric form.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of stereoisomers, i.e., purified with respect to other compounds.
  • the substantially purified form refers to one stereoisomer, e.g., optically pure stereoisomer.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of enantiomers.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a equimoiar mixture of enantiomers (i.e., a racemic mixture, a racemate).
  • the substantially purified form refers to one enantiomer, e.g., optically pure enantiomer.
  • the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1 % by weight.
  • the contaminants refer to other compounds, that is, other than stereoisomers or enantiomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and other stereoisomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and the other enantiomer.
  • the substantially purified form is at least 60% optically pure (i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer), e.g., at least 70% optically pure, e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e.g., at least 95% optically pure, e.g., at least 97% optically pure, e.g., at least 98% optically pure, e.g., at least 99% optically pure.
  • 60% optically pure i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer
  • at least 70% optically pure e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e
  • Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; a- and /?-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers” (or "isomeric forms").
  • a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH 3 is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH 2 OH.
  • a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl.
  • a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
  • keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • keto enol enolate as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D), and 3 H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
  • a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including mixtures (e.g., racemic mixtures) thereof.
  • Methods for the preparation (e.g., asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
  • a corresponding salt of the compound for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge eta/., 1977, "Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts," J. Pharm. ScL, Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na + and K + , alkaline earth cations such as Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ , and other cations such as Al +3 .
  • suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH 4 + ) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH 3 R + , NH 2 R 2 + , NHR 3 + , NR 4 + ).
  • Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
  • An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH 3 ) 4 + .
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
  • suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
  • a reference to a particular compound also includes salt forms thereof.
  • solvate is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., compound, salt of compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
  • a reference to a particular compound also includes solvate and hydrate forms thereof.
  • chemically protected form is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like).
  • specified conditions e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like.
  • well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions.
  • one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
  • the aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
  • an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (-NRCO- R) or a urethane (-NRCO-OR), for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH 3 ); a benzyloxy amide (-NHCO-OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , -NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CHa) 3 , -NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide
  • a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C 1-7 alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a Ci. 7 haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C 1-7 trihaloalkyl ester); a triC 1-7 alkylsilyl-C 1 . 7 alkyl ester; or a C 5-2 oaryl-Ci- 7 alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
  • an C 1-7 alkyl ester e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester
  • a Ci. 7 haloalkyl ester e.g., a C 1-7 trihaloalkyl ester
  • prodrug refers to a compound which, when metabolised (e.g., in vivo), yields the desired active compound.
  • the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the desired active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
  • prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound (for example, as in ADEPT, GDEPT, LIDEPT, etc.).
  • the prodrug may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising admixing a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • the compounds described herein are useful, for example, in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are ameliorated by the inhibition of Bcl-2 protein function, such as, for example, proliferative conditions, cancer, etc.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 ), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting Bcl-2 protein (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 ) with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 ) in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
  • the method further comprises contacting the cell with one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • Suitable assays for determining Bcl-2 protein are described herein and/or are known in the art.
  • PRD and DRD compounds described herein e.g., (a) regulate (e.g., inhibit) cell proliferation; (b) promote apoptosis; or (c) a combination of both.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), promoting apoptosis, or a combination of both, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
  • the method is a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
  • the method further comprises contacting the cell with one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • the method is performed in vitro. In one embodiment, the method is performed in vivo.
  • the PRD or DRD compound is provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
  • Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.
  • gastrointestinal including, e.g., bowel, colon
  • breast mammary
  • ovarian prostate
  • liver hepatic
  • kidney renal
  • bladder pancreas
  • brain and skin.
  • a candidate compound regulates (e.g., inhibits) cell proliferation, etc.
  • assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described herein.
  • a sample of cells e.g., from a tumour
  • a compound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of the compound on those cells observed.
  • effect the morphological status of the cells (e.g., alive or dead, etc.) may be determined.
  • this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of the efficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cells of the same cellular type.
  • the method of treatment comprises treatment with both (i) a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and (N) one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor, (b) a DNA damaging agent, (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor, or (d) a microtubule targeted agent, as described herein, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy, wherein the method of treatment comprises treatment with both (i) a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and (a) the DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor, (b) the DNA damaging agent, (c) the antimetabolite or TS inhibitor, or (d) the microtubule targeted agent.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
  • the medicament comprises the PRD or DRD compound.
  • the treatment comprises treatment with both (i) a medicament comprising a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and (ii) one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • a medicament comprising a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein
  • one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor, (b) a DNA damaging agent, (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor, or (d) a microtubule targeted agent, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in a treatment, wherein the treatment comprises treatment with both (i) a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and (a) the DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor, (b) the DNA damaging agent, (c) the antimetabolite or TS inhibitor, or (d) the microtubule targeted agent.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the method further comprises administering to the subject one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by Bcl-2 (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 ).
  • the treatment is treatment of: a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of Bcl-2 function (especially one or both of BCI-X L and Mcl-1 ).
  • the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition.
  • proliferative condition pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth.
  • the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g., of connective tissues), pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, smooth muscle cell proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.
  • a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroprolife
  • the treatment is treatment of: cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, stomach cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, renal cell carcinoma, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, glioma, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, bone cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer (e.g., head cancer, neck cancer), skin cancer, squamous cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, malignant melanoma, lymphoma, or leukemia.
  • lung cancer small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, stomach cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer
  • rectal cancer colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, renal cell carcinoma, bladder
  • the treatment is treatment of: a carcinoma, for example a carcinoma of the bladder, breast, colon (e.g., colorectal carcinomas such as colon adenocarcinoma and colon adenoma), kidney, epidermal, liver, lung (e.g., adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung carcinomas), oesophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas (e.g., exocrine pancreatic carcinoma), stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, skin (e.g., squamous cell carcinoma); a hematopoietic tumour of lymphoid lineage, for example leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non- Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, or Burkett's lymphoma; a hematopoietic tumour of lymph
  • the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, CNS cancer or leukemia.
  • the anti-cancer effect may arise through one or more mechanisms, including but not limited to, the promotion of apoptosis (programmed cell death), the regulation of cell proliferation, the inhibition of cell cycle progression, the inhibition of angiogenesis (the formation of new blood vessels), the inhibition of metastasis (the spread of a tumour from its origin), or the inhibition of invasion (the spread of tumour cells into neighbouring normal structures).
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of the cancers described herein, independent of the mechanisms discussed herein.
  • treatment refers generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, alleviatiation of symptoms of the condition, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition.
  • Treatment as a prophylactic measure i.e., prophylaxis
  • treatment is also included. For example, use with patients who have not yet developed the condition, but who are at risk of developing the condition, is encompassed by the term "treatment.”
  • treatment includes the prophylaxis of cancer, reducing the incidence of cancer, alleviating the symptoms of cancer, etc.
  • terapéuticaally-effective amount refers to that amount of a compound, or a material, composition or dosage form comprising a compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
  • treatment includes combination treatments and therapies, in which two or more treatments or therapies are combined, for example, sequentially or simultaneously.
  • the compounds described herein may also be used in combination therapies, e.g., in conjunction with other agents, for example, cytotoxic agents, anticancer agents, etc.
  • treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g., drugs, antibodies (e.g., as in immunotherapy), prodrugs (e.g., as in photodynamic therapy, GDEPT, ADEPT, etc.); surgery; radiation therapy; photodynamic therapy; gene therapy; and controlled diets.
  • a compound as described herein may be beneficial to combine treatment with a compound as described herein with one or more other (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4) agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism, thus treating several characteristic features of cancer development.
  • one or more other agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a compound as described herein, in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents, as described below.
  • the agents may be administered simultaneously or sequentially, and may be administered in individually varying dose schedules and via different routes.
  • the agents can be administered at closely spaced intervals (e.g., over a period of 5-10 minutes) or at longer intervals (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4 or more hours apart, or even longer periods apart where required), the precise dosage regimen being commensurate with the properties of the therapeutic agent(s).
  • agents i.e., the compound described here, plus one or more other agents
  • the agents may be formulated together in a single dosage form, or alternatively, the individual agents may be formulated separately and presented together in the form of a kit, optionally with instructions for their use.
  • the PRD or DRD compound is employed in combination with (e.g., in conjunction with) one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
  • both a PRD or DRD compound and one or more other agents When both a PRD or DRD compound and one or more other agents are employed, they may be used (e.g., contacted, administered, etc.) in any order. Furthermore, they may be used (e.g., contacted, administered, etc.) together, as part of a single formulation, or separately, as separate formulations.
  • treatment with e.g., administration of the PRD or DRD compound may be prior to, concurrent with, or may follow, treatment with (e.g., administration of) the one or more other agents, or a combination thereof.
  • treatment with e.g., administration of a PRD or DRD compound is concurrent with, or follows, treatment with (e.g., administration of) the one or more other agents.
  • the one or more other agents is a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; for example, Etoposide, Toptecan, Camptothecin, Irinotecan, SN-38, Doxorubicin, Daunorubicin.
  • a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor for example, Etoposide, Toptecan, Camptothecin, Irinotecan, SN-38, Doxorubicin, Daunorubicin.
  • the one or more other agents is a DNA damaging agent; for example, alkylating agents, platinating agents, or compounds that generate free radicals; for example, Temozolomide, Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Mitomycin C, Cyclophosphamide, BCNU, CCNU, Bleomycin.
  • a DNA damaging agent for example, alkylating agents, platinating agents, or compounds that generate free radicals; for example, Temozolomide, Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Mitomycin C, Cyclophosphamide, BCNU, CCNU, Bleomycin.
  • the one or more other agents is an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; for example, 5-fluorouracil, hydroxyurea, Gemcitabine, Arabinosylcytosine, Fludarabine, Tomudex, ZD9331.
  • an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor for example, 5-fluorouracil, hydroxyurea, Gemcitabine, Arabinosylcytosine, Fludarabine, Tomudex, ZD9331.
  • the one or more other agents is a microtubule targeted agent; for example, Paclitaxel, Docetaxel, Vincristine, Vinblastine.
  • the one or more other agents is ionising radiation (e.g., as part of radiotherapy).
  • the PRD and DRD compounds described herein may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibit Bcl-2 function (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and McM ), e.g., to inhibit cell proliferation, etc.
  • PRD and DRD compounds described herein may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, for example, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely to benefit from treatment with the compound in question.
  • PRD and DRD compounds described herein may also be used as a standard, for example, in an assay, in order to identify other compounds, other Bcl-2 function inhibitors (especially one or both of Bcl-X L and McM), other antiproliferative agents, other anti-cancer agents, etc.
  • kits comprising (a) a PRD or DRD compound as described herein, or a composition comprising a PRD or DRD compound as described herein, e.g., preferably provided in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, e.g., written instructions on how to administer the compound or composition.
  • the kit further comprises one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; and (d) a microtubule targeted agent.
  • the written instructions may also include a list of indications for which the active ingredient is a suitable treatment.
  • the PRD or DRD compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the PRD or DRD compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (i.e., at the site of desired action).
  • Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g., by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular
  • the subject/patient may be a chordate, a vertebrate, a mammal, a placental mammal, a marsupial (e.g., kangaroo, wombat), a rodent (e.g., a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g., a mouse), a lagomorph (e.g., a rabbit), avian (e.g., a bird), canine (e.g., a dog), feline (e.g., a cat), equine (e.g., a horse), porcine (e.g., a pig), ovine (e.g., a sheep), bovine (e.g., a cow), a primate, simian (e.g., a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g., marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g
  • the subject/patient may be any of its forms of development, for example, a foetus.
  • the subject/patient is a human.
  • the PRD or DRD compound While it is possible for the PRD or DRD compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation (e.g., composition, preparation, medicament) comprising at least one PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents.
  • the formulation may further comprise other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
  • the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the compound.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
  • Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients. 5th edition, 2005.
  • the formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
  • carriers e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.
  • the formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
  • Formulations may suitably be in the form of liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, nonaqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, mouthwashes, drops, tablets (including, e.g., coated tablets), granules, powders, losenges, pastilles, capsules (including, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsules), cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses, suppositories, pessaries, tinctures, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, foams, sprays, mists, or aerosols.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, nonaqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions
  • Formulations may suitably be provided as a patch, adhesive plaster, bandage, dressing, or the like which is impregnated with one or more compounds and optionally one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, including, for example, penetration, permeation, and absorption enhancers. Formulations may also suitably be provided in the form of a depot or reservoir.
  • the compound may be dissolved in, suspended in, or admixed with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients.
  • the compound may be presented in a liposome or other microparticulate which is designed to target the compound, for example, to blood components or one or more organs.
  • Formulations suitable for oral administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, tablets, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses.
  • Formulations suitable for buccal administration include mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Losenges typically comprise the compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth.
  • Pastilles typically comprise the compound in an inert matrix, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia.
  • Mouthwashes typically comprise the compound in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations suitable for sublingual administration include tablets, losenges, pastilles, capsules, and pills.
  • Formulations suitable for oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil
  • mouthwashes e.g., losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Formulations suitable for non-oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), suppositories, pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil
  • suppositories e.g., pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Formulations suitable for transdermal administration include gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, and oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, bandages, dressings, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Tablets may be made by conventional means, e.g., compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the compound in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with one or more binders (e.g., povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g., sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose); surface-active or dispersing or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate); preservatives (e.g., methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl
  • Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the compound therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile.
  • Tablets may optionally be provided with a coating, for example, to affect release, for example an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.
  • Ointments are typically prepared from the compound and a paraffinic or a water- miscible ointment base.
  • Creams are typically prepared from the compound and an oil-in-water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the compound through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.
  • Emulsions are typically prepared from the compound and an oily phase, which may optionally comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or it may comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil.
  • an emulsifier also known as an emulgent
  • a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • the emulsifier(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax
  • the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low.
  • the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a liquid include, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebuliser, include aqueous or oily solutions of the compound.
  • Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a solid include, for example, those presented as a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
  • Formulations suitable for pulmonary administration include those presented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
  • a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
  • Formulations suitable for ocular administration include eye drops wherein the compound is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the compound.
  • Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.
  • a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the compound, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous or non-aqueous, isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile liquids (e.g., solutions, suspensions), in which the compound is dissolved, suspended, or otherwise provided (e.g., in a liposome or other microparticulate).
  • sterile liquids e.g., solutions, suspensions
  • Such liquids may additional contain other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, such as anti-oxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, suspending agents, thickening agents, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood (or other relevant bodily fluid) of the intended recipient.
  • excipients include, for example, water, alcohols, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils, and the like.
  • suitable isotonic carriers for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection.
  • concentration of the compound in the liquid is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 ⁇ g/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze- dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
  • appropriate dosages of the PRD or DRD compounds, and compositions comprising the PRD or DRD compounds can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects.
  • the selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular PRD or DRD compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the PRD or DRD compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, the severity of the condition, and the species, sex, age, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient.
  • PRD or DRD compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, veterinarian, or clinician, although generally the dosage will be selected to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
  • Administration can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.
  • a suitable dose of the PRD or DRD compound is in the range of about 10 ⁇ g to about 250 mg (more typically about 100 ⁇ g to about 25 mg) per kilogram body weight of the subject per day.
  • the compound is a salt, an ester, an amide, a prodrug, or the like
  • the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately.
  • Figure 1 shows a simplified diagram of apoptosis signalling in a cell
  • Figures 2A, 2B and 2C show the changes in the heat of binding of BH3I-1 (Figure 2A), compound PRD06 (Figure 2B) and compound PRD18 (Figure 2C) to Bcl-X L at pH 7.0, 298 K as monitored by VP-ITC (Microcal, USA).
  • the top panel of each data set represents the heat effects recorded as a function of time during 29 successive 10 ⁇ l injections (except the first injection of 4 ⁇ l which was not included in the data analysis) of 1mM ligand solution into the sample cell containing 50 ⁇ M BcI- X L .
  • each data set represents the heat released after appropriate blank corrections as a function of ligand to protein ratio; and Figures 3A and 3B show assay results for PRD compounds (and BH3I-1 comparison) against A549 human alveolar basal epithelial cells.
  • IR Infrared
  • Elemental analysis was performed using a EuroEA3000 series CHNS Analyzer.
  • X- ray analysis data was obtained using a Rigaku Single Crystal X-ray Diffraction System with Saturn-70 CCD Detector.
  • Flash chromatography was performed using silica gel by a Biotage Combiflash unit. Thin-layer chromatography was performed on aluminium plates pre-coated with silica gel (0.2 mm, Merck 60 F254), which were visualized under UV fluorescence.
  • the convergent synthetic route enabled the rapid construction of a small compound library of the arylrhodanines.
  • the rhodanines 7 were prepared from the natural amino acids 6a-f (glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, and phenylalanine) in reasonable yields following the literature procedure [Sing et al Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2001, 11 , (2), 91-94].
  • the 2-aryl-5-formylpyridines 9a-c were prepared in high yields via the Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of the commercially-available arylboronic acids and 2-bromo-5-formylpyridine (8) using catalytic Pd 2 (dba) 3 and PCy 3 as the ligand using a procedure reported by Handy [Handy et al J. Org. Chem. 2007, 72, (22), 8496-8500.].
  • the 4-isopropoxyphenyl analogue was also prepared using the same methodology.
  • the 4-tert-butylphenyl analogue was also prepared using the same methodology.
  • FTIR (cm "1 , KBr): 547 w, 583 w, 660 w, 691 w, 740 w, 808 m, 845 w, 893 w, 936 w, 958 w, 1037 m, 1102 m, 1132 m, 1201 m, 1237 s, 1305 m, 1330 m, 1347 m, 1391 m, 1440 m, 1475 s, 1501 m, 1555 w, 1591 m, 1607 m, 1702 s, 1734 m, 2363 m, 2929 m, 2973 m.
  • the following compound was also synthesised from the 2-bromo-5-formylpyridine precursor and rhodanine 7c.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • the sulforhodamine B (SRB) assay was used for cell density determination, based on the measurement of cellular protein content. Under mild acidic conditions, it binds to basic amino acid residues and under mild basic conditions it can be extracted from cells and solubilized for measurement. Results of the SRB assay were linear with cell number and cellular protein measured at cellular densities ranging from 1 to 200% of confluency.
  • a vector modified from pET-32a containing the construct for human BcI-XL (from residues 1-218 with the flexible loop from residues 45 to 84 removed) as described by Zhang et al [Zhang et al., J. MoI. Biol. 2006, 364, (3), 536-549] was used for expression of wild-type Bcl-X L and its mutants (F105A, L108A, E129A, L130A, R139A, A142G & Y173F).
  • the DNA sequences of all the constructs were confirmed by BigDye sequencing.
  • the expression, purification and thrombin cleavage of His- tagged Bcl-X L protein were performed as described previously [Zhang et al 2006].
  • a vector modified from pET-32a containing the construct for mouse McI- 1 (from residues 147-308) with GST-tag was cloned and used for expression of wild-type mMcl-1 and its mutants (H205A, A208G, M212A, V230A, K236A, T247A & F251A).
  • the DNA sequences of all the constructs were confirmed by BigDye sequencing.
  • the GST-tagged protein was expressed in BL21 (DE3) Escherichia coli cells: the cells were grown at 37 0 C to an OD of 1.0 at 600 nm and then induction was done at 20 0 C for 12 hrs with 0.5 mM isopropyl- ⁇ -D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) in rich medium and M9 minimal medium with 15 N ammonium chloride (1gm/lit, Cambridge Isotope Lab.) and glucose (4 gm/lit) as the sole nitrogen and carbon sources, respectively.
  • IPTG isopropyl- ⁇ -D-thiogalactopyranoside
  • the expressed protein was purified using the procedure described for the purification of Bcl-X L in the previous section except GST-mMcl-1 fusion protein was purified with glutathione-sepharose affinity chromatography using 1X PBS (pH 7.0) as a equilibration buffer and 50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.9) containing 10 mM reduced glutathione as a elution buffer.
  • Cytotoxicity - Pre-screeninq assay Cytotoxicity studies were performed using the sulphorhodamine B assay. Cytotoxicity of each drug was evaluated by the GI50 value, representing the 50% growth inhibition compared to non-treated control and a control at the time of drug addition (TO). In brief, cells were seeded on 96-well plates (Greiner, Frickenhausen, Germany) in 100 //I of culture medium (10,000, 10,000 and 5000 cells/well for MCF- 7, SF268 and NCI-H460, respectively). Twenty four hours later, 100 ⁇ of medium containing 10 ⁇ M of desired compounds was added duplicate to the respective well.
  • the plates were incubated for 48 hr at 37°C before fixing with 50% cold trichloroacetic acid (Sigma Aldrich, St. Louis, MO) for one hour after which the plates were washed five times with distilled water. The plates were then air-dried at room temperature. The fixed cells were stained with 100 ⁇ of 0.4% (w/v) SRB (Sigma Aldrich, St. Louis, MO) in 1% acetic acid for 10 min. Excess SRB was removed by washing the plates four times with 1% acetic acid. After drying, 100 ⁇ of 10 mM Tris base (pH 10.5) were added to solubilize the protein bound SRB and mixed.
  • the absorbance was measured at 515 nm using a Versamax microtitre plate reader (Molecular Devices) and GI50 was calculated from 5 dosage responses using Softmax®Pro 3.1 software based on point to point plot. Percentage of net growth was calculated as below:
  • T is the optical density of the test well after a 48-hour drug exposure.
  • TO is the optical density at time zero, and C is the control optical density after 48 hours.
  • the protocol is the same as the pre-screening assay except that 100 ⁇ of media containing five different concentrations (0.001 ⁇ M, 0.01 ⁇ M, 0.1 ⁇ M, 1 ⁇ M and 10 ⁇ M) of the desired compounds were added to the respective well.
  • the seeding densities for the respective cell lines are as followed: PC3 (7500), DU 145 (7500),
  • K562 (5000), IA9 (5000) and A8 (10,000).
  • the Bak-BH3 peptide labeled with fluorescein at the N terminus was synthesized by Mimotopes (Clayton, Victoria, Australia) and purified by HPLC.
  • the peptide was dissolved in DMSO at 1 mM, and stock solutions of the test compounds (4mM in DMSO) were used for serial dilutions (250 ⁇ M to 0.65 ⁇ M final concentrations).
  • the reaction was carried out in a total volume of 100 ⁇ L/well containing 3 ⁇ g glutathione S-transferase (GST)-hBcl XL ⁇ C19 or 3 ⁇ g glutathione S-transferase (GST)-hMcl- 1 ⁇ C20 and 60 nM labeled peptide in assay buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 8, 150 mM NaCI and 0.1% bovine serum albumin). To each well was added 10 ⁇ L of the test compounds, and the reaction mixture was incubated at rt for 1 h. The fluorescence polarization values were determined using Tecan GeniosPro plate reader using the excitation/emission wavelengths 485/535 nm.
  • ITC Isothermal titration calorimetry
  • the reference cell was filled with 20 mM phosphate buffer. All solutions were degassed before usage. After thermal equilibration, aliquots of 10 ⁇ of ligand solution were added into the sample cell containing protein solution, which was stirred constantly at 320 rpm. After each injection, the change in the heat of interaction was monitored by the VP-ITC and the data were processed and analyzed by Origin 5.0. All sample data obtained after appropriate blank corrections were fitted to various model equations to choose right binding model which presumably yields exact thermodynamic parameters of protein-ligand interactions. For blank ITC experiments, the sample and reference cells were filled with 20 mM phosphate buffer and the ligand solution was added from syringe into sample cell at the conditions which were identical to the conditions mentioned above for the protein samples.
  • PRD and DRD compounds were screened using FPA against the fluorescein-labeled Bak-peptide and the proteins Bcl-X L and Mcl-1.
  • the IC 50 values are summarized in Table 4. Whilst some active compounds exhibited low or no detectable binding at the concentrations tested, others exhibited very significant levels of binding.
  • the structural variations between and within each series of compounds comprise the substitution pattern on the aryl ring system and the substitution on the ⁇ /-atom of the rhodanine.
  • PRD01 and PRD02 do not displace the Bak peptide from the BCI-X L protein at the concentrations tested.
  • the values for the valine, leucine and isoleucine derivatives PRD03 to PRD05 show comparable activity to each other, while the phenylalanine derivative PRD06 showed a lower IC 50 value against the BcI- X L protein.
  • the series PRD13 to PRD18 is similar to PRD01 to PRD06 with the exception of the methoxy group at the R 4 rather than R 2 position.
  • PRD 16 and PRD 17 are moderately active against Bcl-X L .
  • Compound PRD18 has one of the lowest IC 50 values against Mcl-1 (22 ⁇ M), which indicates that it may be a selective Mcl-1 inhibitor.
  • the series of compounds PRD19 to PRD24 contain the 3-chloro-4-isopropylbenzene as the aryl group.
  • the inhibition studies with Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 show that some of the compounds synthesized show preferential selectivity for Mcl-1 over BCI-X L .
  • a number of the novel rhodanines are inhibitors of both Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 (e.g. PRD03 to PRD06, PRD09 to PRD12, PRD16 to PRD17 and PRD21 to PRD24).
  • the IC 50 values for some of these rhodanines, as measured against the Bak peptide, are lower than the ICs 0 values obtained for the known inhibitor BH3I-1.
  • Mcl-1 selective inhibitors with IC 50 values between 22 ⁇ M to 81 ⁇ M (e.g. PRD02, PRD15, PRD18, PRD19 and PRD20).
  • the potent Mcl-1 inhibitors may be important as drugs on their own, or as an effective co-therapeutic with Bcl-X L specific inhibitors.
  • BH3I-1 , PRD06 and PRD18 to the respective proteins.
  • the binding affinities of BH3I- 1 , PRD06 and PRD18 to Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 were investigated by monitoring the changes in the heat of binding of the complexes using VP-ITC (Microcal, USA) at pH
  • Figures 2A to 2C show the heat released upon titration of Bcl-X L BH3I-1 , PRD06 or PRD18 as a function of the ligand to the protein ratio.
  • the dissociation constant estimated for Bcl-X L and PRD18 was higher than 750 ⁇ M, and an accurate value could not be obtained due to the higher fitted-error associated with the data. This observation is due to a very small change in the heat of binding of the Bcl-X L - PRD18 complex indicating that the binding affinity is weak.
  • Figures 3A and 3B show the results of the WST Cytotoxicity Assay in which A549 cancer cells were treated with varying concentrations of the test compounds.
  • Figures 3A and 3B illustrate the cytotoxicity of the compounds against A549 human alveolar basal epithelial cancer cells as determined in the WST Assay.
  • the library of lead compounds were also screened against cancer cells which over- express Bcl-X L and Mcl-1 and the compounds were found to induce apoptosis in these cells. The cytotoxicity of these compounds was found to be better than that of BH3I-1.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to compounds related to rhodanine, which compounds are inter alia inhibitors and/or binders of antiapoptotic/pro-survival Bcl-2 proteins such as Bcl-XL and/or Mcl-1. More specifically, the present invention is concerned with Rhodanine- based Pan-Bcl-2 inhibitors and Mcl-1 -specific inhibitors as anti-cancer compounds. The present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit and/or bind Bcl-2 proteins such as Bcl-XL and/or Mcl-1, and in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are mediated by Bcl-2 proteins, that are ameliorated by the inhibition of Bcl-2 protein function (such as Bcl-XL and/or Mcl-1 ) including proliferative conditions such as cancer, optionally in combination with another agent.

Description

BIARYLRHODANINE AND PYRIDYLRHODANINE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE
TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to compounds related to rhodanine, which compounds are inter alia inhibitors and/or binders of antiapoptotic/pro-survival Bcl-2 proteins such as Bcl-XL and/or Mcl-1.
More specifically, the present invention is concerned with Rhodanine-based Pan-Bcl- 2 inhibitors and Mcl-1 -specific inhibitors as anti-cancer compounds.
The present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit and/or bind Bcl-2 proteins such as Bcl-XL and/or Mcl-1 , and in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are mediated by Bcl-2 proteins, that are ameliorated by the inhibition of Bcl-2 protein function (such as Bcl-XL and/or Mcl-1 ) including proliferative conditions such as cancer, optionally in combination with another agent.
The technical field of this invention deals with the chemical synthesis and biological testing of biologically active compounds, in particular, compounds based on the pyridine alkenyl rhodanine core structure (Structure 1 and 2 - see below) and its reduced forms (Structure 3 and 4 - see below) designed to inhibit the function of pro- survival Bcl-2 proteins.
BACKGROUND
A number of patents and publications are cited herein in order to more fully describe and disclose the invention and the state of the art to which the invention pertains. Each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety into the present disclosure, to the same extent as if each individual reference was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
Throughout this specification, including the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise," and variations such as "comprises" and "comprising," will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.
It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a pharmaceutical carrier" includes mixtures of two or more such carriers, and the like.
Ranges are often expressed herein as from "about" one particular value, and/or to "about" another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by the use of the antecedent "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment.
Bcl-2 proteins
The Bcl-2 family of proteins have been implicated in the survival of cancer cells. This family of proteins, which includes Bcl-XLand Mcl-1 , confers protection on cancer cells by sequestering the proteins required for apoptosis induction. The protection offered to cancer cells by the Bcl-2 proteins is by no means trivial. Studies have shown that BCI-XL can protect a cell from dying even after its DNA has been severely damaged. This may account for the resilience of some cancers in spite of chemotherapy and radiotherapy.
The pro-survival Bcl-2 proteins act by sequestering pro-apoptosis Bcl-2 proteins such as Bak, Bid, Bax and Bad. Inhibiting the function of the pro-survival proteins causes the release of the pro-apoptosis proteins which aggregate to form channels in the mitochondria to allow the release of caspase activators such as cytochrome c. The activation of caspases, the enzymes that promote the degradation and destruction of cellular organelles, ultimately leads to controlled cell death (as illustrated in Figure 1 ).
In 2005, researchers at the Abbot laboratories reported a new compound which specifically targeted the Bcl-2 proteins. This compound, ABT-737, showed potent nanomolar inhibitory activity against the Bcl-XL protein incubated with a fluorescein- labelled Bid peptide. It also showed nanomolar activity against Bcl-2, and Bcl-w. However, a separate unbiased study showed that ABT-737 has an IC50 value of 64 nM against Bcl-XL, and 0.12 μM activity against Bcl-2. In the same study, ABT-737 was inactive towards Mcl-1 (>20 μM) when tested against the fluorescein-labelled Bid peptide.
Figure imgf000005_0001
epigallocatechin gallate
The compound GX-15-070 (Obatoclax™) shows micromolar inhibitory activity against various Bcl-2 proteins including Bcl-XL and Mcl-1. When tested against the fluorescein-tagged Bid peptide, Obatoclax displayed an IC5O of 4.7 μM against Bcl-XL and 2.90 μM against Mcl-1. Obatoclax is often touted in the literature as an Mcl-1 specific inhibitor due to its micromolar activity against the proteins and the Bid peptide.
Another compound which has shown activity against the pro-survival Bcl-2 proteins is
BH3I-1. Interestingly, the IC5O values of BH3I-1 and GX-15 are very similar. In assays involving the fluorescent-labelled Bid peptide, the IC50 value obtained against BcI-X L is 5.9 μM while the activity against Mcl-1 is 2.2 μM. The antiapoptotic Bcl-2 proteins (Bcl-2, Bcl-XL, Mcl-1 , A1 ) are attractive targets for cancer chemotherapy. It has been shown that cancer cells overexpress one or more of these proteins to prevent the induction of apoptosis or programmed cell death. These proteins confer protection on cancer cells by sequestering the proapoptotic proteins Bax and Bak. Neutralizing these antiapoptotic proteins using natural peptides (e.g. Bim, Bid, NOXA) releases Bax and Bak which then aggregate to form transmembrane channels which result in mitochondrial permeability. The compromised mitochondria can then release apoptogenetic factors such as cytochrome C and apoptosis-inducing factor (AIF) which eventually leads to cell death. Over the years, several molecules such as ABT-737, epigallocatechin gallate and Obatoclax have been reported to inhibit the antiapoptotic Bcl-2 proteins and trigger apoptosis in cancer cells. The compound BH3I-1 is also a well-known inhibitor of the Bcl-2 proteins. Recently, it has been reported that modification of BH3I-1 can result in varied binding profiles to Bcl-XL with an increase in efficacy.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
One aspect of the invention pertains to certain pyridylrhodaπine compounds
(for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "PRD compounds"), as described herein.
A further aspect of the invention pertains to certain diarylrhodanine compounds (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "DRD compounds"), as described herein.
In another aspect, the present invention also provides a library of compounds based on the pyridine alkenyl rhodanine core structure to inhibit the Bcl-2 family of proteins. As described herein, the biological activity of the compounds has been screened.
In another aspect, the present invention describes the library of compounds based on the pyridine alkenyl rhodanine core structure (formula IV and formula V herein) and its reduced forms (formula Vl and formula VII herein) and their respective biological activities.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. Another aspect of the invention pertains to a method of preparing a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising the step of admixing a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 ), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a Bcl-2 protein (especially one or both of BCI-XL and Mcl-1) with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and Mcl-1) in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), promoting apoptosis, or a combination of both, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a PRD or DRD compound as described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by Bcl-2 protein (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 ). In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and McM ).
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a proliferative condition.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of cancer.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, CNS cancer or leukemia.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a kit comprising (a) a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, preferably provided as a pharmaceutical composition and in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, for example, written instructions on how to administer the compound.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a PRD or DRD compound obtainable by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a PRD or DRD compound obtained by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to novel intermediates, as described herein, which are suitable for use in the methods of synthesis described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to the use of such novel intermediates, as described herein, in the methods of synthesis described herein.
As will be appreciated by one of skill in the art, features and preferred embodiments of one aspect of the invention will also pertain to other aspects of the invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Compounds
One aspect of the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds
(for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "PRD compounds").
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000009_0001
Formula I wherein:
X1 is independently selected from CH2 and C=S;
one of X2 and X3 is N and the other is CH;
R1 is independently selected from H or RN, wherein RN is independently branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C1-2OaIKyI and is optionally substituted;
each of RA and RB is independently selected from H, C1-20alkyl, C1-20alkoxy, C3-20aryl, C3-2oaryl-C1-7alkyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH or RA and RB together with the ring atoms to which they are attached form C3.7heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted;
Rc is independently selected from halo and C3-20aryl, and is optionally substituted;
n is independently 0 to 5;
and is a single or double bond.
***** In one embodiment the compounds are selected from compounds of formula II, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000010_0001
Formula Il wherein:
each of X1, R1, X2, X3, RA, RB and n is independently as defined above with respect to formula I; and
each of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently selected from H, C1-20alkyl, C1- 2oalkoxy, C3-2oaryl, C3.2oaryl-Ci.7alkyl, Cs^oheterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C3- yheterocyclyl formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached, and is optionally substituted.
In particularly preferred embodiments, the compound are selected from compounds of formula III, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000010_0002
Formula
wherein X2, X3, R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above with respect to formula I or formula II. xl
In embodiments X1 is independently selected from CH2 and C=S. In embodiments X1 is independently CH2. In embodiments X1 is independently C=S.
X2 and X3
In embodiments one of X2 and X3 is N and the other is CH.
In embodiments X2 is N and X3 is CH.
In embodiments X2 is CH and X3 is N.
Sl
In embodiments R1 is independently H or RN. In embodiments R1 is independently H. In embodiments R1 is independently RN.
R^
In embodiments RN is independently branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C1-20alkyl and is optionally substituted.
In embodiments RN is independently branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C1-15alkyl, preferably C1-10alkyl, more preferably C1-7alkyl and most preferably C1-5alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
In embodiments RN is branched. In embodiments RN is saturated.
Preferably RN is independently Ci-2oalkyl and is substituted by RAN, wherein RAN is an anionic group or a group that is converted to an anionic group when metabolised (e.g. by enzymatic action) (e.g., in vivo). In embodiments, a group that is converted to an anionic group when metabilised is a prodrug, as defined herein.
Suitably anionic groups include: -COO", -SO3 ", -SO2 ", -PO3H" and -B(OH)O".
The anionic functionality can be provided by an acid, for example: -COOH, -SO3H, - SO2H, -P(O)(OH)2 and -B(OH)2. Acordingly, in embodiments RAN is independently an acid, preferably independently selected from: -COOH, -SO3H, -SO2H, -P(O)(OH)2 and -B(OH)2.
Similarly, the anionic functionality can be provided by a salt, for example a Na or K salt, for example: -COONa, -SO3Na, -SO2Na, -P(O)(OH)ONa, -B(OH)ONa, -COOK, -SO3K, -SO2K, -P(O)(OH)OK and -B(OH)OK. Acordingly, in embodiments RAN is independently an acid salt, preferably independently selected from: -COONa, - SO3Na, -SO2Na, -P(O)(OH)ONa, -B(OH)ONa, -COOK, -SO3K, -SO2K, -P(O)(OH)OK and -B(OH)OK.
Suitable groups that are converted to an anionic group when metabolised include esters, especially alkyl esters. Acordingly, preferably RAN is independently an ester, preferably alkyl ester.
Preferably RAN is independently selected from: -CO2R, -SO3R, -SO2R, - P(O)(OH)(OR) and -B(OH)(OR), wherein R is an ester substituent as defined herein, preferably akyl, preferably RE, wherein each RE is independently selected from H, Ci- 7alkyl and C3:12aryl.
Preferably RN is independently Ci-20alkyl and is substituted by RAN, wherein RAN is independently an acid group or an ester group. Suitably the acid group is selected from carboxylic acid, phosphonic acid, sulfonic acid and boronic acid. Suitably the ester group is selected from an ester of carboxylic acid, an ester of phosphonic acid, an ester of sulfonic acid and an ester of boronic acid.
Thus, preferably RN is independently C1-2Oalkyl and is substituted by one or more groups independently selected from -C(0)0RE, -P(O)(ORE)2, -S03RE and -B(ORE)2; wherein each RE is independently as defined herein. Suitably RAN (preferably being an acid group or ester group, more preferably selected from -C(O)ORE, -P(O)(ORE)2, -SO3RE and -B(ORE)2) is on the α-carbon with respect to the nitrogen of the oxothioxothiazolidinyl ring.
Thus, preferably RN is:
Figure imgf000013_0001
such that the NRN group has the form:
Figure imgf000013_0002
wherein RAN is as defined herein, preferably being an acid group or an ester group, more preferably selected from -C(O)ORE, -P(O)(ORE)2, -SO3RE and -B(ORE)2; wherein each RE is independently as defined herein; and R is selected from H and branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C1-10alkyl and is optionally substituted.
Thus, in embodiments, the NRN group is an amino acid, amino phosphonic acid, amino sulfonic acid or amino boronic acid, or an ester of such acids.
It is particularly preferred that RN is independently branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C1-2oalkyl and is substituted by -C(O)ORE, i.e. RN is - C(O)ORE-C1-20alkyl, preferably C(O)ORE-C1.7alkyl and more preferably C(O)ORE-C1- salkyl.
In the preferred configuration wherein the -C(O)ORE group is attached to the α- carbon, preferably RN is:
Figure imgf000013_0003
C(O)OR1 E wherein RE is as defined herein, preferably H or C1-3alkyl; and R is independently selected from H and branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C1-5alkyl and is optionally substituted.
In embodiments R is unsubstituted.
In embodiments R is substituted, preferably with C3-2oaryl ,as discussed in more detail below.
Preferred embodiments of RN are:
Figure imgf000014_0001
C(O)ORε C(O)ORE C(O)ORE
Figure imgf000014_0002
and
Figure imgf000014_0003
wherein RE is as defined herein, preferably H or C1-3alkyl.
Particularly preferred embodiments of RN are:
Figure imgf000014_0004
C(O)OH C(O)OH C(O)OH C(O)OH
Figure imgf000014_0005
C(O)OH C(O)OMe C(O)OMe C(O)OMe
Figure imgf000014_0006
C(O)OMe and C(O)OMe As discussed in embodiments RN is substituted with C3-2oaryl, preferably C5-i2aryl, preferably C5.7aryl and more preferably Cβaryl, which aryl substituent is itself optionally substituted. A particularly preferred aryl substituent is phenyl, which is optionally substituted.
Thus, preferably RN is independently selected from branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C1-2oalkyl and C^oaryl-C^oalkyl and is optionally substituted.
Preferably RN is independently selected from branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C1-20alkyl substituted by RAN and C3.2oaryl-Ci-2oalkyl substituted by RAN and is optionally further substituted. Particularly preferred is C1-10alkyl or C5-Ba^l-C1- ioalkyl substituted by RAN and is optionally further substituted.
In embodiments RN is substituted by C3.20aryl and RAN. That is, in embodimets RN is independently C3-2oaryl-Ci_20alkyl substituted by RAN and is optionally further substituted.
Thus, in embodiments, RN is aryl substituted alkyl, preferably C5.7aryl-Ci-7alkyl, and is preferably substituted with RAN as defined herein.
It is particularly preferred that RN is :
R
RAN
wherein RAN is an acid group or an ester group, preferably selected from -C(O)ORE, - P(O)(ORE)2, -SO3RE and -B(ORE)2; wherein each RE is independently selected from H, C1-7alkyl and C3.i2aryl; and R is selected from branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated d.ioalkyl optionally substituted with C5-7aryl, which aryl is itself optionally substituted.
Suitably, as noted above, RAN is -C(O)ORE. In the preferred configuration wherein the -C(O)ORE group is attached to the α-carbon, preferably RN is: V
C(O)ORE wherein RE is as defined herein; and R is independently branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C1-5alkyl and is optionally substituted with C5.7aryl, which aryl is itself optionally substituted.
A preferred embodiment is:
Figure imgf000016_0001
wherein RE is as defined herein, preferably H or C1-3alkyl.
Particularly preferred embodiments are:
Figure imgf000016_0002
AN
In embodiments RAN is an anionic group or a group that is converted to an anionic group when metabolised (e.g. by enzymatic action) (e.g., in vivo). In embodiments, a group that is converted to an anionic group when metabilised is a prodrug, as defined herein.
In embodiments RAN is independently selected from an acid, an acid salt or an ester. In embodiments RAN is independently selected from an acid and an ester. In embodiments RAN is independently an acid. In embodiments RAN is independently an ester. In embodiments RAN is independently an acid salt. In embodiments RAN is independently selected from: -COOH, -SO3H, -SO2H, - P(O)(OH)2 and -B(OH)2.
In embodiments RAN is independently selected from: -CO2R, -SO3R, -SO2R, -
P(O)(OH)(OR) and -B(OH)(OR), wherein R is an ester substituent as defined herein, preferably akyl, preferably RE, wherein each RE is independently selected from H, C1- 7alkyl and C3.12aryl.
In embodiments RAN is independently selected from: -COONa, -SO3Na, -SO2Na, - P(O)(OH)ONa, -B(OH)ONa, -COOK, -SO3K, -SO2K, -P(O)(OH)OK and -B(OH)OK.
Rf
In embodiments RE is independently selected from H, C1-7alkyl and C3-12aryl.
In embodiments RE is independently selected from H, C1-7alkyl and C5-6aryl.
In embodiments RE is independently selected from H and C1-7alkyl.
In embodiments RE is independently selected from H and C1-3alkyl. In embodiments RE is independently selected from H and dalkyl.
Preferably RE is H.
RA and RB
In embodiments each of RA and RB is independently selected from H, C1-2oalkyl, C1- 2oalkoxy, C3-20aryl, C3-20aryl-C1-7alkyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH or RA and RB together with the ring atoms to which they are attached form C3-7heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted.
In embodiments each of RA and RB is independently selected from H, C1-7alkyl, C1- 7alkoxy, C5-7aryl, C5-7aryl-C1-7alkyl, C5-7heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH or RA and RB together with the ring atoms to which they are attached form C5-7heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted. In embodiments each of RA and RB is independently selected from aryl, alkyl, arylalkane, halogen, amino, hydroxyl, hydrogen and a heterocyclic group, and is optionally substituted.
Preferably RA is independently H. Preferably RB is independently H. Preferably RA is H and RB is H.
R^
In embodiments Rc is independently selected from halo and C3-2oaryl, and is optionally substituted;
In embodiments Rc is independently halo. In embodiments Rc is independently C3-2oaryl and is optionally substituted.
In embodiments Rc is selected from F, Cl and Br, preferably Cl or Br and most preferably Br.
In embodiments Rc is C5-12aryl, preferably C5-7aryl, more preferably C5-6aryl, more preferably, and most preferably phenyl and is optionally substituted.
Suitably Rc is substituted, preferably with one or more groups selected from the groups as defined herein with respect to each of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6, more preferably in respect of each of R2, R3 and R4.
R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 In embodiments each of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently selected from H, C1- 20alkyl, Ci-2oalkoxy, C3-20aryl, C3.20aryl-C1-7alkyl, C^oheterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached. In embodiments wherein any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is Ci-2oalkyl, preferably each alkyl is independently C^salkyl, more preferably C1-10alkyl, more preferably Gi- 7alkyl, and most preferably Chalky!.
In embodiments wherein any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is C1-2oalkoxy, preferably each alkoxy is independently Ci-i5alkoxy, more preferably Ci-10alkoxy, more preferably Ci-7alkoxy, and most preferably C1-5alkoxy.
In embodiments where any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is C3-2oaryl, preferably each aryl is independently C5-20aryl, more preferably C5-i2aryl, more preferably C5-7aryl, more preferably C5-6aryl and most preferably C6aryl. A particularly preferred C6aryl is phenyl, suitably unsubstituted phenyl.
In embodiments where any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is amino, preferably each amino is independently NRN1RN2, wherein RN1 and RN2 are independently amino substituents, suitably selected from H, C1-7alkyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, and C5-20aryl, preferably H or C1-7alkyl, or RN1 and RN2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
In embodiments wherein any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is halo, preferably each halo is independently selected from Cl, Br and F, more preferably Cl and Br and most preferably Cl.
In embodiments where any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is C3.20heterocyclyl, preferably each heterocyclyl is independently C5-20heterocyclyl, more preferably C5-12 heterocyclyl, more preferably C5-7heterocycle, more preferably C5-6heterocyclyl and most preferably C6heterocyclyl.
In embodiments where any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is C5-2oaryl-C1-7alkyl, preferably each aryl-alkyl is independently C5-i5aryl-Ci-7alkyl, more preferably
C5-10aryl-C1-7alkyl, more preferably C5.7aryl-C1-7alkyl, more preferably C5-6aryl-Ci-7alkyl and most preferably C6aryl-Ci-7alkyl.
In embodiments where any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituents and the ring atoms to which they are attached, preferably the C3.7heterocycle comprises one or two heteroatoms, preferably two heteroatoms.
In embodiments where any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituents and the ring atoms to which they are attached, preferably the C3-7heterocycle comprises one or two oxygen ring atom, preferably two oxygen ring atoms.
In embodiments where any one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is Cs-T-heterocyclyl formed with an adjacent substituents and the ring atoms to which they are attached, preferably the heterocyclyl is C3-5heterocyclyl, more preferably C5heterocyclyl.
An example of such a heterocycle formed by R3, R4 and the ring atoms to which they are attached is:
Figure imgf000020_0001
In embodiments each of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently selected from H, C1- 2oalkyl, C1-20alkoxy, C3-2oaryl, halo, amino, OH and C3.7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
Preferably each of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently selected from H, Ci.2oalkyl, C1-20alkoxy, halo and C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
Preferably each of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently selected from H, C1- 20alkoxy, halo and C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
In embodiments each of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently selected from aryl, alkyl, arylalkane, halogen, amino, hydroxyl, hydrogen and a heterocyclic group, and is optionally substituted. In embodiments at least one of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 is not H. In embodiments at least two of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are not H.
In embodiments at least one of R2, R3 and R4 is not H. In embodiments at least two of R2, R3 and R4 are not H.
In embodiments (i) R2 is not H and R3 is not H, or (ii) R3 is not H and R4 is not H.
Thus, suitably the phenyl is mono- or di-substituted. In the case of di-substitution, 2,3-substitution or 3,4 substitution is particularly preferred.
In embodiments each of R5 and R6 is independently H.
In particularly preferred embodiments R5 is H and R6 is H and at least one, preferably at least two, of R2, R3 and R4 is/are not H.
In particularly preferred embodiments each of R2, R3 and R4 is selected from H, C1- 2oalkyl, C1-2OaIkOXy, halo and C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
In particularly preferred embodiments two of R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from Ci-20alkyl, C1-2oalkoxy and halo or together (if adjacent) form C3- 7heterocycle with the ring atoms to which they are attached, and the other one is H.
In embodiments, R2, R3 and R4 are selected as follows: (a) R2 is Ci-20alkoxy, R3 is C1- 20alkoxy and R4 is H; or (b) each of R3 and R4 is independently C1-20alkyl, C1-2oalkoxy, halo or together form a -0-CH2-O- group, and R2 is H. Suitably in such embodiments each of R5 and R6 is H.
Particularly preferred embodiments of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are:
Figure imgf000022_0001
and
In embodiments R2 is independently selected from H, Ci-2oalkyl, Ci-2oalkoxy, C3-2oaryl,
C3-2oaryl-C1-7alkyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
Jn embodiments R2 is independently selected from H, C1.2oalkyl, C1-20alkoxy and halo.
In embodiments R2 is independently selected from H, C1-7alkyl, Ci-7alkoxy and halo.
In embodiments R2 is independently selected from H and C1-7alkoxy.
In embodiments R2 is independently selected from H and C1-5alkoxy.
In embodiments R3 is independently selected from H, Ci-20alkyl, C1-20alkoxy, C3-2Oaryl,
C3-20aryl-Ci-7alkyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached.
In embodiments R3 is independently selected from H, C1-20alkyl, C1-20alkoxy, halo and
-0-CH2-O- formed together with R4.
In embodiments R3 is independently selected from C1-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, halo and -O-
CH2-O- formed together with R4.
In embodiments R3 is independently selected from d-5alkoxy, halo and -0-CH2-O- formed together with R4.
In embodiments R3 is independently selected from C1-5alkoxy, Cl and -0-CH2-O- formed together with R4. In embodiments R3 is independently selected from OCH3, Cl and -0-CH2-O- formed together with R4.
R4.
In embodiments R4 is independently selected from H, C1-2oalkyl, C1-2oalkoxy, C3,2oaryl,
C3-2oaryl-Ci.7alkyl, C3.20heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached. In embodiments R4 is independently selected from H, C1-20alkyl, C1-2oalkoxy, halo and
-0-CH2-O- formed together with R3.
In embodiments R4 is independently selected from Ci-7alkyl, C1-7alkoxy and -0-CH2-
O- formed together with R3.
In embodiments R4 is independently selected from Ci-5alkyl, C1-5alkoxy and -0-CH2- O- formed together with R3.
In embodiments R4 is independently selected from -C(CH3)3, -OCH3, -OCH(CH3)2 and -0-CH2-O- formed together with R3.
Rf
In embodiments R2 is independently selected from H, Ci-2oalkyl, C1-2oalkoxy, C3-20aryl, C3-20aryl-C1-7alkyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached. In embodiments R5 is H.
Rf
In embodiments R2 is independently selected from H, Ci-20alkyl, C1-20alkoxy, C3-20aryl, C3-20aryl-Ci-7alkyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH and C3-7heterocycle formed with an adjacent substituent and the ring atoms to which they are attached. In embodiments R6 is H. In embodiments n is independently 0 to 5.
In embodiments n is 0 to 3, preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1 and most preferably 0.
In embodiments is independently a single bond or a double bond In embodiments is a double bond.
As discussed above, the present invention pertains to compounds based on the pyridine alkenyl rhodanine core structure (see formula IV and formula V below) and its reduced forms (see formula Vl and formula VII below) designed to inhibit the function of pro-survival Bcl-2 proteins.
Thus, preferably the compound is selected from one of Formula IV, V, Vl and VII:
Figure imgf000024_0001
Formula IV
Figure imgf000025_0001
Formula V
Figure imgf000025_0002
suitably wherein R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8 = various substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxyl, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups;
NR = compounds including but not limited to amino acids, aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids;
X2=N, X3 = C; or X2 = C, X3 = N; and (where present) n = 1 , 2, 3...
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds, wherein the compounds are selected from compounds of formula IV and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds, wherein the compounds are selected from compounds of formula V and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds, wherein the compounds are selected from compounds of formula Vl and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to certain pyridylrhodanine compounds, wherein the compounds are selected from compounds of formula VII and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
*****
In a further aspect, the present invention provides compounds according to any one of structures 1 to 4 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Ri . R2. R3. R4. R5. Re. R7=various substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxy, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups
NR=compounds including but not limited to amino acids aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids
Figure imgf000027_0001
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7=various substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxy, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups
NR=compounds including but not limited to amino acids
Figure imgf000027_0002
aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids Structure 2
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7=various substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxy, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups
NR=compounds including but not limited to amino acids aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids
Figure imgf000027_0003
Structure 3
R-i - R2. R3, R4. R5. Re. R7=various substituents including but not limited to aryl, alkyl, arylalkanes, halogens, amino, hydroxy, hydrogen, heterocyclic groups
NR=compounds including but not limited to amino acids aminosulfonic acids, aminophosphonic acids, amino boronic acids
Figure imgf000027_0004
Structure 4
In a further aspect the present invention relates to certain diarylrhodanine compounds (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "DRD compounds").
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of formula VIII, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000028_0001
Formula VIII wherein:
each of X , R 1 R 1 R and n is independently as defined herein; and
RD is independently C3-2oaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of formula IX, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000028_0002
Formula IX
wherein each of R , Rr, R , Rά, R , R&, R and R are as defined herein.
In embodiments RD is C3-20aryl and is optionally substituted. In embodiments RD is C5- i2aryl and is optionally substituted, preferably C5-7aryl and is optionally substituted, more preferably C5-6aryl and is optionally substituted, more preferably C6aryl and is optionally substituted, and most preferably phenyl and is optionally substituted. Suitably RD is substituted, preferably with one or more groups selected from the groups as defined herein with respect to each of R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6, more preferably in respect of each of R2, R3 and R4.
In an especially preferred embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of formula X, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000029_0001
Formula X
wherein each of R2, R3, R4 and RN are as defined herein.
In a yet more preferred embodiment the compounds are selected from compounds of formula Xl, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000029_0002
wherein each of R , R , R , R and R is independently as defined herein. Substituents The phrase "optionally substituted" as used herein, pertains to a parent group which may be unsubstituted or which may be substituted.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "substituted" as used herein, pertains to a parent group which bears one or more substitutents. The term "substituent" is used herein in the conventional sense and refers to a chemical moiety which is covalently attached to, or if appropriate, fused to, a parent group. A wide variety of substituents are well known, and methods for their formation and introduction into a variety of parent groups are also well known.
Examples of substituents and preferred forms for such substituents are described in more detail below.
Alkyl: The term "alkyl," as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g., partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated). Thus, the term "alkyl" includes the sub-classes alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyenyl, cylcoalkynyl, etc., discussed below.
In the context of alkyl groups, the prefixes (e.g., C1-4, C1-7, C1-20, C2-7, C3-7, etc.) denote the number of carbon atoms, or range of number of carbon atoms. For example, the term "Ci_4alkyl," as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of groups of alkyl groups include C1-4alkyl ("lower alkyl"), C1-7alkyl, and C^alkyl. Note that the first prefix may vary according to other limitations; for example, for unsaturated alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 2; for cyclic and branched alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 3; etc.
Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), propyl (C3), butyl (C4), pentyl (C5), hexyl (C6), heptyl (C7), octyl (C8), nonyl (C9), decyl (C10), undecyl (C11), dodecyl (C12), tridecyl (C13), tetradecyl (C14), pentadecyl (C15), and eicodecyl (C20). Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (amyl) (C5), n-hexyl (C6), and n-heptyl (C7).
Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C3), iso-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), iso-pentyl (C5), and neo-pentyl (C5).
Alkenyl: The term "alkenyl," as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Examples of groups of alkenyl groups include C2-4alkenyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-20alkenyl.
Examples of (unsubstituted) unsaturated alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl, -CH=CH2), 1-propenyl (-CH=CH-CH3), 2-propenyl (allyl, -CH-CH=CH2), isopropenyl (1-methylvinyl, -C(CH3)=CH2), butenyl (C4), pentenyl (C5), and hexenyl (Ce)-
Alkynyl: The term "alkynyl," as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Examples of groups of alkynyl groups include C2-4alkynyl, C2-7alkynyl, C2-20alkynyl.
Examples of (unsubstituted) unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (ethinyl, -C≡CH) and 2-propynyl (propargyl, -CH2-CMDH).
Cycloalkyl: The term "cycloalkyl," as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a carbocyclic ring of a carbocyclic compound, which carbocyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g., partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated), which moiety has from 3 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), including from 3 to 20 ring atoms. Thus, the term "cycloalkyl" includes the sub-classes cycloalkyenyl and cycloalkynyl. Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms. Examples of groups of cycloalkyl groups include C3-20cycloalkyl, C3.15cycloalkyl, C3-1ocycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl.
Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropane (C3), cyclobutane (C4), cyclopentane (C5), cyclohexane (C6), cycloheptane (C7), methylcyclopropane (C4), dimethylcyclopropane (C5), methylcyclobutane (C5), dimethylcyclobutane (C6), methylcyclopentane (C6), dimethylcyclopentane (C7), methylcyclohexane (C7), dimethylcyclohexane (C8), menthane (Ci0); unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropene (C3), cyclobutene (C4), cyclopentene (C5), cyclohexene (C6), methylcyclopropene (C4), dimethylcyclopropene (C5), methylcyclobutene (C5), dimethylcyclobutene (C6), methylcyclopentene (C6), dimethylcyclopentene (C7), methylcyclohexene (C7), dimethylcyclohexene (C8); saturated polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds: thujane (C10); carane (C10), pinane (C10), bornane (C10), norcarane (C7), norpinane (C7), norbomane (C7), adamantane (C10), decalin (decahydronaphthalene) (C10); unsaturated polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds: camphene (C10), limonene (C10), pinene (C10); polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds having an aromatic ring: indene (C9), indane (e.g., 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene) (C9), tetraline (1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene) (C10), acenaphthene (C12), fluorene (C13), phenalene (C13), acephenanthrene (C15), aceanthrene (C16), cholanthrene (C20).
Alkylidene: The term "alkylidene," as used herein, pertains to a divalent monodentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an aliphatic or alicyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified). Examples of groups of alkylidene groups include C1-2oalkylidene, d^alkylidene, C1-4alkylidene.
Examples of alkylidene groups include, but are not limited to, methylidene (=CH2), ethylidene (=CH-CH3), vinylidene (=C=CH2), isopropylidene (=C(CH3)2), cyclopentylidene, and benzylidene (=CH-Ph).
Alkylidyne: The term "alkylidyne," as used herein, pertains to a trivalent monodentate moiety obtained by removing three hydrogen atoms from an aliphatic or alicyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified). Examples of groups of alkylidyne groups include Ci-2oalkylidyne, Ci-7alkylidyne, C^alkylidyne. Examples of alkylidyne groups include, but are not limited to, methylidyne ( ≡CH), ethylidyne ( ≡C-CH3), and benzylidyne ( ≡C-Ph).
Carbocyclyl: The term "carbocyclyl," as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a carbocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified). Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g., C3-20, C3-7, C5-6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms. For example, the term "C5.6carbocyclyl," as used herein, pertains to a carbocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms. Examples of groups of carbocyclyl groups include C3-2ocarbocyclyl, C3.10carbocyclyl, C5-10carbocyclyl, Cs^carbocyclyl, and C5-7carbocyclyl.
Examples of carbocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, those described above as cycloalkyl groups; and those described below as carboaryl groups.
Heterocyclyl: The term "heterocyclyl," as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified), of which from 1 to 10 are ring heteroatoms. Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g., C3-20, C3-7, C5-6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C5-6heterocyclyl," as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms. Examples of groups of heterocyclyl groups include C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oheterocyclyl, C3-15heterocyclyl, C5-15heterocyclyl,
Figure imgf000033_0001
Cs-ioheterocyclyl, C5-10heterocyclyl, C3.7heterocyclyl, C5-7heterocyclyl, and Cs-εheterocyclyl.
Examples of (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: N1: aziridine (C3), azetidine (C4), pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (C5), pyrroline (e.g., 3-pyrroline, 2,5-dihydropyrrole) (C5), 2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (C5), piperidine (C6), dihydropyridine (C6), tetrahydropyridine (C6), azepine (C7);
O1: oxirane (C3), oxetane (C4), oxolane (tetrahydrofuran) (C5), oxole (dihydrofuran) (C5), oxane (tetrahydropyran) (C6), dihydropyran (C6), pyran (C6), oxepin (C7);
S1: thiirane (C3), thietane (C4), thiolane (tetrahydrothiophene) (C5), thiane (tetrahydrothiopyran) (C6), thiepane (C7);
O2: dioxolane (C5), dioxane (C6), and dioxepane (C7);
O3: trioxane (C6);
N2: imidazolidine (C5), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (C5), imidazoline (C5), pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (C5), piperazine (C6);
N1O1: tetrahydrooxazole (C5), dihydrooxazole (C5), tetrahydroisoxazole (C5), dihydroisoxazole (C5), morpholine (C6), tetrahydrooxazine (C6), dihydrooxazine (C6), oxazine (C6);
N1S1: thiazoline (C5), thiazolidine (C5), thiomorpholine (C6);
N2O1: oxadiazine (C6);
O1S1: oxathiole (C5) and oxathiane (thioxane) (C6); and,
N1O1S1: oxathiazine (C6).
Examples of substituted (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (C5), such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (C6), such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose. Examples of heterocyclyl groups which are also heteroaryl groups are described below with aryl groups.
Aryl: The term "aryl," as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified). Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g., C3-20, C5-7, C5-6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C5.6aryl," as used herein, pertains to an aryl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms. Examples of groups of aryl groups include C3-20aryl, C5-2oaryl, C5-15aryl, C5-i2aryl, C5-10aryl, C5.7aryl, C5-6aryl, C5aryl, and C6aryl.
The ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups." Examples of carboaryl groups include C3.2ocarboaryl, C5-20carboaryl, C5-15carboaryl, C5-12carboaryl, C5-iocarboaryl, C5-7carboaryl, C5-6Ca rboary I1 C5carboaryl, and C6carboaryl.
Examples of carboaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e., phenyl) (C6), naphthalene (Ci0), azulene (C10), anthracene (C14), phenanthrene (C14), naphthacene (C18), and pyrene (C16).
Examples of aryl groups which comprise fused rings, at least one of which is an aromatic ring, include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane (e.g., 2,3- dihydro-1H-indene) (C9), indene (Cg), isoindene (C9), tetraline
(1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (C10), acenaphthene (C12), fluorene (C13), phenalene (C13), acephenanthrene (Ci5), and aceanthrene (C16).
Alternatively, the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, as in "heteroaryl groups." Examples of heteroaryl groups include C3.20heteroaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, C5-15heteroaryl, C5.12heteroaryl, C5-i0heteroaryl, C5-7heteroaryl, C5-6heteroaryl, C5heteroaryl, and C6heteroaryl.
Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
N1: pyrrole (azole) (C5), pyridine (azine) (C6); O1: furan (oxole) (C5); S1: thiophene (thiole) (C5); N1O1: oxazole (C5), isoxazole (C5), isoxazine (C6); N2O1: oxadiazole (furazan) (C5); N3O1: oxatriazole (C5);
N1S1: thiazole (C5), isothiazole (C5);
N2: imidazole (1,3-diazole) (C5), pyrazole (1 ,2-diazole) (C5), pyridazine (1 ,2-diazine) (C6), pyrimidine (1 ,3-diazine) (C6) (e.g., cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1 ,4-diazine) (C6); N3: triazole (C5), triazine (C6); and, N4: tetrazole (C5).
Examples of heterocyclic groups (some of which are also heteroaryl groups) which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to: Cgheterocyclic groups (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzofuran (O1), isobenzofuran (Oi), indole (N1), isoindole (N1), indolizine (N1), indoline (N1), isoindoline (N1), purine (N4) (e.g., adenine, guanine), benzimidazole (N2), indazole (N2), benzoxazole (N1O1), benzisoxazole (N1O1), benzodioxole (O2), benzofurazan (N2O1), benzotriazole (N3), benzothiofuran (S1), benzothiazole (N1S1), benzothiadiazole (N2S);
C10heterocyclic groups (with 2 fused rings) derived from chromene (O1), isochromene (O1), chroman (O1), isochroman (O1), benzodioxan (O2), quinoline (N1), isoquinoline (N1), quinolizine (N1), benzoxazine (N1O1), benzodiazine (N2), pyridopyridine (N2), quinoxaline (N2), quinazoline (N2), cinnoline (N2), phthalazine (N2), naphthyridine (N2), pteridine (N4);
CTiheterocylic groups (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzodiazepine (N2); C13heterocyclic groups (with 3 fused rings) derived from carbazole (N1), dibenzofuran (O1), dibenzothiophene (S1), carboline (N2), perimidine (N2), pyridoindole (N2); and, C14heterocyclic groups (with 3 fused rings) derived from acridine (N1), xanthene (O1), thioxanthene (S1), oxanthrene (O2), phenoxathiin (O1Si), phenazine (N2), phenoxazine (NiO1), phenothiazine (N1S1), thianthrene (S2), phenanthridine (N1), phenanthroline (N2), phenazine (N2).
Heterocyclic groups (including heteroaryl groups) which have a nitrogen ring atom in the form of an -NH- group may be N-substituted, that is, as -NR-. For example, pyrrole may be N-methyl substituted, to give N-methylpyrrole. Examples of N- substitutents include, but are not limited to Ci-7alkyl, C3.2oheterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, and acyl groups.
Heterocyclic groups (including heteroaryl groups) which have a nitrogen ring atom in the form of an -N= group may be substituted in the form of an N-oxide, that is, as -N(→O)= (also denoted -N+(→O")=). For example, quinoline may be substituted to give quinoline N-oxide; pyridine to give pyridine N-oxide; benzofurazan to give benzofurazan N-oxide (also known as benzofuroxan).
Cyclic groups may additionally bear one or more oxo (=0) groups on ring carbon atoms.
Monocyclic examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
C5: cyclopentanone, cyclopentenone, cyclopentadienone;
C6: cyclohexanone, cyclohexenone, cyclohexadienone;
O1: furanone (C5), pyrone (C6);
N1: pyrrolidone (pyrrolidinone) (C5), piperidinone (piperidone) (C6), piperidinedione (C6);
N2: imidazolidone (imidazolidinone) (C5), pyrazolone (pyrazolinone) (C5), piperazinone (C6), piperazinedione (C6), pyridazinone (C6), pyrimidinone (C6) (e.g., cytosine), pyrimidinedione (C6) (e.g., thymine, uracil), barbituric acid (C6);
N1S1: thiazolone (C5), isothiazolone (C5); N1O1: oxazolinone (C5).
Polycyclic examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
C9: indenedione; C10: tetralone, decalone;
C14: anthrone, phenanthrone;
N1: oxindole (C9);
O1: benzopyrone (e.g., coumarin, isocoumarin, chromone) (C10);
N1O1: benzoxazolinone (C9), benzoxazolinone (C10); N2: quinazolinedione (C10); benzodiazepinone (C11); benzodiazepinedione (C11);
N4: purinone (C9) (e.g., guanine). Still more examples of cyclic groups which bear one or more oxo (=0) groups on ring carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, those derived from: cyclic anhydrides (-C(=O)-O-C(=O)- in a ring), including but not limited to maleic anhydride (C5), succinic anhydride (C5), and glutaric anhydride (C6); cyclic carbonates (-O-C(=O)-O- in a ring), such as ethylene carbonate (C5) and 1 ,2-propylene carbonate (C5); imides (-C(=O)-NR-C(=O)- in a ring), including but not limited to, succinimide (C5), maleimide (C5), phthalimide, and glutarimide (C6); lactones (cyclic esters, -O-C(=O)- in a ring), including, but not limited to,
/?-propiolactone, γ-butyrolactone, <J-valerolactone (2-piperidone), and e-caprolactone; lactams (cyclic amides, -NR-C(=O)- in a ring), including, but not limited to, /?-propiolactam (C4), γ-butyrolactam (2-pyrrolidone) (C5), cJ-valerolactam (C6), and e-caprolactam (C7); cyclic carbamates (-O-C(=O)-NR- in a ring), such as 2-oxazolidone (C5); cyclic ureas (-NR-C(=O)-NR- in a ring), such as 2-imidazolidone (C5) and pyrimidine-2,4-dione (e.g., thymine, uracil) (C6).
The above groups, whether alone or part of another substituent, may themselves optionally be substituted with one or more groups selected from themselves and the additional substituents listed below.
Hydrogen: -H. Note that if the substituent at a particular position is hydrogen, it may be convenient to refer to the compound or group as being "unsubstituted" at that position.
Halo: -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
Hydroxy: -OH.
Ether: -OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group (also referred to as a C1-7alkoxy group, discussed below), a C3-2oheterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C3.2oheterocyclyloxy group), or a C5-2oaryl group (also referred to as a C5.20aryloxy group), preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Alkoxy: -OR, wherein R is an alkyl group, for example, a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of C1-7alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OMe (methoxy), -OEt (ethoxy), - O(nPr) (n-propoxy), -O(iPr) (isopropoxy), -O(nBu) (n-butoxy), -O(sBu) (sec-butoxy), -O(iBu) (isobutoxy), and -O(tBu) (tert-butoxy).
Acetal: -CH(OR1)(OR2), wherein R1 and R2 are independently acetal substituents, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-2oheterocyclyl group, or a C5-2oaryl group, preferably a Ci-7alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" acetal group, R1 and R2, taken together with the two oxygen atoms to which they are attached, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
Examples of acetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OMe)2, -CH(OEt)2, and -CH(OMe)(OEt).
Hemiacetal: -CH(OH)(OR1), wherein R1 is a hemiacetal substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3.20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OH)(OMe) and -CH(OH)(OEt).
Ketal: -CR(0R1)(0R2), where R1 and R2 are as defined for acetals, and R is a ketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples ketal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OMe)2, -C(Me)(OEt)2, -C(Me)(OMe)(OEt), - C(Et)(OMe)2, -C(Et)(OEt)2, and -C(Et)(OMe)(OEt).
Hemiketal: -CR(OH)(OR1), where R1 is as defined for hemiacetals, and R is a hemiketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a Ci-7alkyl group, a C3-2oheterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a Ci-7alkyl group. Examples of hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OH)(OMe), - C(Et)(OH)(OMe), -C(Me)(OH)(OEt), and -C(Et)(OH)(OEt).
Oxo (keto, -one): =O.
Thione (thioketone): =S.
lmino (imine): =NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, hydrogen,
C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, =NH, =NMe, =NEt, and =NPh.
Formyl (carbaldehyde, carboxaldehyde): -C(=O)H.
Acyl (keto): -C(=O)R, wherein R is an acyl substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group (also referred to as Ci-7alkylacyl or C1-7alkanoyl), a C3-2oheterocyclyl group (also referred to as C3-2oheterocyclylacyl), or a C5-2oaryl group (also referred to as C5-2oarylacyl), preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of acyl groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=O)CH3 (acetyl), -C(=O)CH2CH3 (propionyl), -C(=O)C(CH3)3 (t-butyryl), and -C(=O)Ph (benzoyl, phenone).
Carboxy (carboxylic acid): -C(=O)OH.
Thiocarboxy (thiocarboxylic acid): -C(=S)SH.
Thiolocarboxy (thiolocarboxylic acid): -C(=O)SH.
Thionocarboxy (thionocarboxylic acid): -C(=S)OH.
lmidic acid: -C(=NH)OH.
Hydroxamic acid: -C(=NOH)OH.
Ester (carboxylate, carboxylic acid ester, oxycarbonyl): -C(=O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-2oheterocyclyl group, or a C5.20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3, -C(=O)OC(CH3)3, and -C(=O)OPh.
Acyloxy (reverse ester): -OC(=O)R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a Ci-7alkyl group. Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OC(=O)CH3 (acetoxy), -OC(=O)CH2CH3, -OC(=O)C(CH3)3, -OC(=O)Ph, and -OC(=O)CH2Ph.
Oxycarboyloxy: -OC(=O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a
C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -0C(=0)0CH3l -OC(=O)OCH2CH3, -OC(=O)OC(CH3)3, and -OC(=O)OPh.
Amino: -NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7alkyl group (also referred to as C1-7alkylamino or di- C1-7alkylamino), a C3-2oheterocyclyl group, or a C5.2oaryl group, preferably H or a C1-7alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms. Amino groups may be primary (-NH2), secondary (-NHR1), or tertiary (-NHR1R2), and in cationic form, may be quaternary (-+NR1R2R3). Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH2, -NHCH3, -NHC(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH2CH3)2, and -NHPh. Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridino, azetidino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.
Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide): -C(=O)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHCH3, -C(=O)N(CH3)2, -C(=O)NHCH2CH3, and -C(=O)N(CH2CH3)2, as well as amido groups in which R1 and R2, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic structure as in, for example, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, and piperazinocarbonyl.
Thioamido (thiocarbamyl): -C(=S)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=S)NH2, -C(=S)NHCH3, -C(=S)N(CH3)2, and -C(=S)NHCH2CH3.
Acylamido (acylamino): -NR1C(=O)R2, wherein R1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-7alkyl group, and R2 is an acyl substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of acylamide groups include, but are not limited to, -NHC(=O)CH3 , -NHC(=O)CH2CH3, and -NHC(=O)Ph. R1 and R2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:
Figure imgf000042_0001
succinimidyl maleimidyl phthalimidyl
Aminocarbonyloxy: -OC(=O)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of aminocarbonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHMe, -OC(=O)NMe2, and -OC(=O)NEt2.
Ureido: -N(R1)CONR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups, and R1 is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3.2oheterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of ureido groups include, but are not limited to, - NHCONH2, -NHCONHMe, -NHCONHEt, -NHCONMe2, -NHCONEt2, -NMeCONH2, - NMeCONHMe, -NMeCONHEt, -NMeCONMe2, and -NMeCONEt2.
Guanidino: -NH-C(=NH)NH2.
Tetrazolyl: a five membered aromatic ring having four nitrogen atoms and one carbon atom,
Figure imgf000042_0002
Imino: =NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably H or a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of imino groups include, but are not limited to, =NH, =NMe, and =NEt.
Amidine (amidino): -C(=NR)NR2l wherein each R is an amidine substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3.20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably H or a Ci-7alkyl group. Examples of amidine groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=NH)NH2, -C(=NH)NMe2, and -C(=NMe)NMe2. Nitro: -NO2.
Nitroso: -NO.
Azido: -N3.
Cyano (nitrile, carbonitrile): -CN.
Isocyano: -NC.
Cyanato: -OCN.
Isocyanato: -NCO.
Thiocyano (thiocyanato): -SCN.
lsothiocyano (isothiocyanato): -NCS.
Sulfhydryl (thiol, mercapto): -SH.
Thioether (sulfide): -SR, wherein R is a thioether substituent, for example, a C1-7a!kyl group (also referred to as a C1-7alkylthio group), a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of C1-7alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH3 and -SCH2CH3.
Disulfide: -SS-R, wherein R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group (also referred to herein as C1-7alkyl disulfide). Examples of C1-7alkyl disulfide groups include, but are not limited to, -SSCH3 and -SSCH2CH3.
Sulfine (sulfinyl, sulfoxide): -S(=O)R, wherein R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of sulfine groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)CH3 and -S(=O)CH2CH3. Sulfone (sulfonyl): -S(=O)2R, wherein R is a sulfone substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-2oaryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group, including, for example, a fluorinated or perfluorinated C1-7alkyl group. Examples of sulfone groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)2CH3 (methanesulfonyl, mesyl), -S(=O)2CF3 (triflyl), -S(=O)2CH2CH3 (esyl), -S(=O)2C4F9 (nonaflyl), -S(=O)2CH2CF3 (tresyl), -SC=O)2CH2CH2NH2 (tauryl), -S(=O)2Ph (phenylsulfonyl, besyl), 4-methylphenylsulfonyl (tosyl), 4-chlorophenylsulfonyl (closyl), 4-bromophenylsulfonyl (brosyl), 4-nitrophenyl (nosyl), 2-naphthalenesulfonate (napsyl), and 5-dimethylamino-naphthalen-1-ylsulfonate (dansyl).
Sulfinic acid (sulfino): -S(=O)OH, -SO2H.
Sulfonic acid (sulfo): -S(=O)2OH, -SO3H.
Sulfinate (sulfinic acid ester): -S(=O)OR; wherein R is a sulfinate substituent, for example, a
Figure imgf000044_0001
group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a d-jalkyl group. Examples of sulfinate groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)OCH3 (methoxysulfinyl; methyl sulfinate) and -S(=O)OCH2CH3 (ethoxysulfinyl; ethyl sulfinate).
Sulfonate (sulfonic acid ester): -S(=O)2OR, wherein R is a sulfonate substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of sulfonate groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)2OCH3 (methoxysulfonyl; methyl sulfonate) and -S(=O)2OCH2CH3 (ethoxysulfonyl; ethyl sulfonate).
Sulfinyloxy: -OS(=O)R, wherein R is a sulfinyloxy substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a d.7alkyl group. Examples of sulfinyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OS(=O)CH3 and -OS(=O)CH2CH3.
Sulfonyloxy: -OS(=O)2R, wherein R is a sulfonyloxy substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-2Oaryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of sulfonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OS(=O)2CH3 (mesylate) and -OS(=O)2CH2CH3 (esylate). Sulfate: -OS(=O)2OR; wherein R is a sulfate substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-2oheterocyclyl group, or a C5-2oaryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of sulfate groups include, but are not limited to, -OSC=O)2OCH3 and -SO(=O)2OCH2CH3.
Sulfamyl (sulfaimoyl; sulfinic acid amide; sulfinamide): -S(=O)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamyl groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)NH2, -S(=O)NH(CH3), -S(=O)N(CH3)2, -S(=O)NH(CH2CH3), -S(=O)N(CH2CH3)2, and -S(=O)NHPh.
Sulfonamido (sulfinamoyl; sulfonic acid amide; sulfonamide): -S(=O)2NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfonamido groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)2NH2, -SC=O)2NH(CH3), -S(=O)2N(CH3)2, -S(=O)2NH(CH2CH3), -S(=O)2N(CH2CH3)2l and -S(=O)2NHPh.
Sulfamino: -NR1S(=O)2OH, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=O)2OH and -N(CH3)S(=O)2OH.
Sulfonamino: -NR1S(=O)2R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3- 2oheterocyclyl group, or a C5.20aryl group, preferably a Ci-7alkyl group. Examples of sulfonamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=O)2CH3 and -N(CH3)SC=O)2C6H5.
Sulfinamino: -NR1S(=O)R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfinamino substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3- 20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-2oaryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of sulfinamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=O)CH3 and -N(CH3)S(=O)C6H5.
Phosphino (phosphine): -PR2, wherein R is a phosphino substituent, for example, -H, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5.20aryl group, preferably -H, a Ci-7alkyl group, or a C5-2oaryl group. Examples of phosphino groups include, but are not limited to, -PH2, -P(CHa)2, -P(CH2CH3)2, -P(t-Bu)2, and -P(Ph)2.
Phospho: -P(=O)2.
Phosphinyl (phosphine oxide): -P(=O)R2, wherein R is a phosphinyl substituent, for example, a Ci-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group or a C5-20aryl group. Examples of phosphinyl groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=O)(CH3)2, -P(=θχCH2CH3)2, -P(=θχt-Bu)2, and -P(=O)(Ph)2.
Phosphonic acid (phosphono): -P(=O)(OH)2.
Phosphonate (phosphono ester): -P(=O)(OR)2, where R is a phosphonate substituent, for example, -H, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-2oaryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7alkyl group, or a C5-20aryl group. Examples of phosphonate groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=O)(OCH3)2, -P(=O)(OCH2CH3)2, -P(=O)(O-t-Bu)2, and -P(=O)(OPh)2.
Phosphoric acid (phosphonooxy): -OP(=O)(OH)2.
Phosphate (phosphonooxy ester): -OP(=O)(OR)2, where R is a phosphate substituent, for example, -H, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7alkyl group, or a C5-20aryl group. Examples of phosphate groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(=O)(OCH3)2, -OP(=O)(OCH2CH3)2, -OP(=O)(O-t-Bu)2, and -OP(=O)(OPh)2.
Phosphorous acid: -OP(OH)2.
Phosphite: -OP(OR)2, where R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7alkyl group, or a C5-20aryl group. Examples of phosphite groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(OCH3)2, -OP(OCH2CHa)2, -OP(CM-Bu)21 and -OP(OPh)2.
Phosphoramidite: -OP(OR1 )-NR2 2, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidite substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C1-7alkyl group, a
C3.20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7alkyl group, or a C5-2oaryl group. Examples of phosphoramidite groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(OCH2CH3)-N(CH3)2, -OP(OCH2CH3)-N(i-Pr)2, and -OP(OCH2CH2CN)-N(I-Pr)2.
Phosphoramidate: -OP(=O)(OR1)-NR2 2, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidate substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C1-7alkyl group, a
C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably -H, a C^alkyl group, or a C5-2oaryl group. Examples of phosphoramidate groups include, but are not limited to, -OP(=OXOCH2CH3)-N(CH3)2, -OP(=O)(OCH2CH3)-N(i-Pr)2, and -OP(=O)(OCH2CH2CN)-N(i-Pr)2.
SiIyI: -SiR3, where R is a silyl substituent, for example, -H, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7alkyl group, or a C5-2oaryl group. Examples of silyl groups include, but are not limited to, -SiH3, -SiH2(CH3), -SiH(CH3)2, -Si(CH3)3 , -Si(Et)3, -Si(JPr)3, -Si(tBu)(CH3)2, and -Si(tBu)3.
Oxysilyl: -Si(OR)3, where R is an oxysilyl substituent, for example, -H, a Ci-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably -H, a C1-7alkyl group, or a C5.20aryl group. Examples of oxysilyl groups include, but are not limited to, - Si(OH)3, -Si(OMe)3 , -Si(OEt)3, and -Si(OtBu)3.
Siloxy (silyl ether): -OSiR3, where SiR3 is a silyl group, as discussed above.
Oxysiloxy: -OSi(OR)3, wherein OSi(OR)3 is an oxysilyl group, as discussed above. -
In many cases, substituents are themselves substituted.
Eor example? a d-7alkyl group may be substituted with, for example: hydroxy (also referred to as a hydroxy-C1-7alkyl group); halo (also referred to as a halo-C1.7alkyl group); amino (also referred to as a amino-C1-7alkyl group); carboxy (also referred to as a carboxy-Ci.7alkyl group); C1-7alkoxy (also referred to as a C1-7alkoxy-C1-7alkyl group); C5-20aryl (also referred to as a C5-2OaIyI-C1.7alkyl group).
Similarly, a C5-20aryl group may be substituted with, for example: hydroxy (also referred to as a hydroxy-C5.2oaryl group); halo (also referred to as a halo-C5-2oaryl group); amino (also referred to as an amino-C5-2oaryl group, e.g., as in aniline); carboxy (also referred to as an carboxy-C5.2oaryl group, e.g., as in benzoic acid); C1-7alkyl (also referred to as a C^alkyl-Cs^oaryl group, e.g., as in toluene); C1-7alkoxy (also referred to as a C1-7alkoxy-C5-2oaryl group, e.g., as in anisole); C5-20aryl (also referred to as a C5-2Qa ryl-C5-2oary I, e.g., as in biphenyl).
These and other specific examples of such substituted-substituents are described below.
Hydroxy-Ci-7alkyl: The term " hydroxy-C1-7alkyl," as used herein, pertains to a C1-7alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a hydroxy group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, and -CH(OH)CH2OH.
Halo-C1-7alkyl group: The term " halo-Ci-7alkyl," as used herein, pertains to a C1-7alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a halogen atom (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I). If more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced with a halogen atom, the halogen atoms may independently be the same or different. Every hydrogen atom may be replaced with a halogen atom, in which case the group may conveniently be referred to as a C1-7perhaloalkyl group." Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, -CCI3, -CBr3, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, and -CH2CF3.
Amino-C1-7alkyl: The term " amino-C1-7alkyl," as used herein, pertains to a Ci-7alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with an amino group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, -CH2NH2, -CH2CH2NH2, and -CH2CH2N(CH3)2.
Carboxy-C1-7alkyl: The term "carboxy-C1-7alkyl," as used herein, pertains to a
C1-7alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a carboxy group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, -CH2COOH and -CH2CH2COOH.
C1-7alkoxy-C1-7alkyl: The term "C^alkoxy-C^alkyl," as used herein, pertains to a C1-7alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a C1-7alkoxy group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, -CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OCH3, and ,-CH2CH2OCH2CH3
C5-2oaryl-C1-7alkyl: The term "C5-2oaryl-C1-7alkyl," as used herein, pertains to a Ci-7alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been replaced with a C5.20aryl group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl (phenylmethyl, PhCH2-), benzhydryl (Ph2CH-), trityl (triphenylmethyl, Ph3C-), phenethyl (phenylethyl, Ph-CH2CH2-), styryl (Ph-CH=CH-), cinnamyl (Ph-CH=CH-CH2-).
Hydroxy-C5-20aryl: The term " hydroxy-C5-2oaryl," as used herein, pertains to a C5-20aryl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been substituted with an hydroxy group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: phenol, naphthol, pyrocatechol, resorcinol, hydroquinone, pyrogallol, phloroglucinol.
Halo-C5-20aryl: The term "halo-C5.20aryl," as used herein, pertains to a C5-20aryl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been substituted with a halo (e.g., F, Cl, Br, I) group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, halophenyl (e.g., fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, bromophenyl, or iodophenyl, whether ortho-, meta-, or para-substituted), dihalophenyl, trihalophenyl, tetrahalophenyl, and pentahalophenyl.
C1-7alkyl-C5-2oaryl: The term "d-ralkyl-Cs^oaryl," as used herein, pertains to a C5-20aryl group in which at least one hydrogen atom (e.g., 1 , 2, 3) has been substituted with a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, tolyl (from toluene), xylyl (from xylene), mesityl (from mesitylene), and cumenyl (or cumyl, from cumene), and duryl (from durene).
Hydroxy-Ci_7alkoxy: -OR, wherein R is a hydroxy-C1-7alkyl group. Examples of hydroxy-C1-7alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH2OH, -OCH2CH2OH1 and -OCH2CH2CH2OH.
Halo-CvT-alkoxy: -OR, wherein R is a halo-C1-7alkyl group. Examples of halo-C1-7alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2F, -OCCI3, -OCBr3, -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, and -OCH2CF3. Carboxy-C1-7alkoxy: -OR, wherein R is a carboxy-C^alkyl group. Examples of carboxy-Ci-7alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH2COOH, -OCH2CH2COOH, and -OCH2CH2CH2COOH.
C1-7alkoxy-C1-7alkoxy: -OR, wherein R is a Ci-7alkoxy-C1-7aikyl group. Examples of C^alkoxy-C^alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH2OCH3, -OCH2CH2OCH3, and -OCH2CH2OCH2CH3.
C5.2Qaryl-C1-7alkoxy: -OR, wherein R is a C5-20aryl-C1-7alkyl group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, benzyloxy, benzhydryloxy, trityloxy, phenethoxy, styryloxy, and cimmamyloxy.
C1-7alkyl-C5-2oaryloxy: -OR, wherein R is a Cv7alkyl-C5-20aryl group. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, tolyloxy, xylyloxy, mesityloxy, cumenyloxy, and duryloxy.
Amino-Ci-7alkyl-amino: The term "amino-C1-7alkyl-amino," as used herein, pertains to an amino group, -NR1R2, in which one of the substituents, R1 or R2, is itself a amino- C1-7alkyl group (-Ci-7alkyl-NR3R4). The amino-Ci-7alkylamino group may be represented, for example, by the formula -NR1-Ci.7alkyl-NR3R4. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, groups of the formula -NR1(CH2)nNR1R2, where n is 1 to 6 (for example, -NHCH2NH2, -NH(CH2J2NH2, -NH(CH2)3NH2, -NH(CH2)4NH2, -NH(CH2)5NH2, -NH(CH2)6NH2), -NHCH2NH(Me), -NH(CH2J2NH(Me), -NH(CH2)3NH(Me), -NH(CH2)4NH(Me), -NH(CH2)5NH(Me), -NH(CH2)6NH(Me), -NHCH2NH(Et), -NH(CHz)2NH(Et), -NH(CH2)3NH(Et), -NH(CH2)4NH(Et), -NH(CH2)5NH(Et)rand -NH(CH2)6NH(Et).
-Certain Preferred Substituents In one preferred embodiment, the substituent(s), often referred to herein as R, are independently selected from: halo; hydroxy; ether (e.g., C1-7alkoxy); formyl; acyl (e.g.,
C^alkylacyl , C5-20arylacyl); acylhalide; carboxy; ester; acyloxy; amido; acylamido; thioamido; tetrazolyl; amino; nitro; nitroso; azido; cyano; isocyano; cyanato; isocyanato; thiocyano; isothiocyano; sulfhydryl; thioether (e.g., C1-7alkylthio); sulfonic acid; sulfonate; sulfone; sulfonyloxy; sulfinyloxy; sulfamino; sulfonamino; sulfinamino; sulfamyl; sulfonamido; Ci-7alkyl (including, e.g., unsubstituted C1-7alkyl, C1-7haloalkyl, C1-7hydroxyalkyl, Ci-7carboxyalkyl, C1-7aminoalkyl, C5-20aryl-C1-7alkyl); C3.20heterocyclyl; or C5-20aryl (including, e.g., C5-2ocarboaryl, C5.20heteroaryl, C1-7alkyl- C5-2oaryl and C5-2ohaloaryl)).
In one preferred embodiment, the substituent(s), often referred to herein as R, are independently selected from:
-F, -Cl1 -Br, and -I;
-OH;
-OMe, -OEt, -O(tBu), and -OCH2Ph; -SH;
-SMe, -SEt, -S(tBu), and -SCH2Ph;
-C(=O)H;
-C(=0)Me, -C(=O)Et, -C(=O)(tBu), and -C(=O)Ph;
-C(=O)OH; -C(=O)OMe, -C(=O)OEt, and -C(=O)O(tBu);
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHMe, -C(=O)NMe2, and -C(=O)NHEt;
-NHC(=O)Me, -NHC(=O)Et, -NHC(=O)Ph, succinimidyl, and maleimidyl;
-NH2, -NHMe, -NHEt, -NH(iPr), -NH(nPr), -NMe2, -NEt2, -N(JPr)2, -N(nPr)2, -N(nBu)2, and -N(tBu)2; -CN;
-NO2;
-Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -tBu;
-CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, -CCI3, -CBr3, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, and -CH2CF3;
-OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2F, -OCCI3, -OCBr3, -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, and -OCH2CF3; -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, and -CH(OH)CH2OH;
-CH2NH21-CH2CH2NH2, and -CH2CH2NMe2; and, optionally substituted phenyl.
In one preferred embodiment, the substituent(s), often referred to herein as R, are independently selected from: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -OMe, -OEt, -SH, -SMe, -SEt, -C(=0)Me, -C(=O)OH, -C(=0)0Me, -CONH2, -CONHMe, -NH2, -NMe2, -NEt2, -N(nPr)2, -N(JPr)2, -CN, -NO2, -Me, -Et, -CF3, -OCF3, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NH2, -CH2CH2NH2, and -Ph.
In one preferred embodiment, the substituent(s), often referred to herein as R, are independently selected from: hydroxy; ether (e.g., C1-7alkoxy); ester, amido; amino; and, Ci-7alkyl (including, e.g., unsubstituted C1-7alkyl, Ci-7haloalkyl, C1-7hydroxyalkyl, Ci-7carboxyalkyl, Ci-7aminoalkyl, C5-2oaryl-Ci-7alkyl).
In one preferred embodiment, the substituent(s), often referred to herein as R, are independently selected from:
-OH;
-OMe, -OEt, -O(tBu), and -OCH2Ph;
-C(=O)OMe, -C(=O)OEt, and -C(=O)O(tBu);
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=0)NHMe, -C(=O)NMe2, and -C(=O)NHEt;
-NH2, -NHMe, -NHEt, -NH(iPr), -NH(nPr), -NMe2, -NEt2, -N(iPr)2, -N(nPr)2, -N(nBu)2, and -N(tBu)2;
-Me, -Et, -nPr, -iPr, -nBu, -tBu;
-CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, -CCI3, -CBr3, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, and -CH2CF3;
-CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, and -CH(OH)CH2OH; and,
-CH2NH21-CH2CH2NH2, and -CH2CH2NMe2.
Combinations
Each and every compatible combination of the embodiments described above is explicitly disclosed herein, as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly recited.
Examples of Specific Embodiments
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
In one embodiment the compounds are selected from: PRD05, PRD06, PRD11, PRD17, PRD18, PRD20, PRD23, PRD25, PRD26, PRD27, PRD28, PRD29, PRD30 and PRD31.
In one embodiment the compounds are selected from: PRD05, PRD06, PRD17, PRD18, PRD23, PRD29, PRD30 and PRD31.
In one embodiment the compounds are selected from: PRD06, PRD18 and PRD29.
In one embodiment the compounds are selected from: DRD02 and DRD04. Substantially Purified Forms
One aspect of the present invention pertains to PRD or DRD compounds, as described herein, in substantially purified form and/or in a form substantially free from contaminants.
In one embodiment, the substantially purified form is at least 50% by weight, e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.
Unless specified, the substantially purified form refers to the compound in any stereoisomeric or enantiomeric form. For example, in one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of stereoisomers, i.e., purified with respect to other compounds. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one stereoisomer, e.g., optically pure stereoisomer. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of enantiomers. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a equimoiar mixture of enantiomers (i.e., a racemic mixture, a racemate). In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one enantiomer, e.g., optically pure enantiomer.
In one embodiment, the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1 % by weight.
Unless specified, the contaminants refer to other compounds, that is, other than stereoisomers or enantiomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and other stereoisomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and the other enantiomer.
In one embodiment, the substantially purified form is at least 60% optically pure (i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer), e.g., at least 70% optically pure, e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e.g., at least 95% optically pure, e.g., at least 97% optically pure, e.g., at least 98% optically pure, e.g., at least 99% optically pure.
Isomers Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; a- and /?-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers" (or "isomeric forms").
Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term "isomers," as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers
(i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH2OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
Figure imgf000058_0001
keto enol enolate
Note that specifically included in the term "isomer" are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including mixtures (e.g., racemic mixtures) thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g., asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
Salts
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of the compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge eta/., 1977, "Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts," J. Pharm. ScL, Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., -COOH may be -COO ), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+ and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as Al+3. Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH4 +) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH3R+, NH2R2 +, NHR3 +, NR4 +). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4 +.
If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g., -NH2 may be -NH3 +), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous. Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes salt forms thereof.
Solvates and Hydrates
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding solvate of the compound. The term "solvate" is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., compound, salt of compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes solvate and hydrate forms thereof.
Chemically Protected Forms
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the compound in a chemically protected form. The term "chemically protected form" is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like). In practice, well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions. In a chemically protected form, one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). By protecting a reactive functional group, reactions involving other unprotected reactive functional groups can be performed, without affecting the protected group; the protecting group may be removed, usually in a subsequent step, without substantially affecting the remainder of the molecule. See, for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 4th Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 2006).
A wide variety of such "protecting," "blocking," or "masking" methods are widely used and well known in organic synthesis. For example, a compound which has two nonequivalent reactive functional groups, both of which would be reactive under specified conditions, may be derivatized to render one of the functional groups "protected," and therefore unreactive, under the specified conditions; so protected, the compound may be used as a reactant which has effectively only one reactive functional group. After the desired reaction (involving the other functional group) is complete, the protected group may be "deprotected" to return it to its original functionality.
For example, a hydroxy group may be protected as an ether (-OR) or an ester (-OC(=O)R), for example, as: a t-butyl ether; a benzyl, benzhydryl (diphenylmethyl), or trityl (triphenylmethyl) ether; a trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl ether; or an acetyl ester (-OC(=O)CH3, -OAc).
For example, an aldehyde or ketone group may be protected as an acetal (R-CH(OR)2) or ketal (RaC(OR)2), respectively, in which the carbonyl group (>C=O) is converted to a diether (>C(OR)2), by reaction with, for example, a primary alcohol. The aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
For example, an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (-NRCO- R) or a urethane (-NRCO-OR), for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH3); a benzyloxy amide (-NHCO-OCH2C6H5, -NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CHa)3, -NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide
(-NHCO-OC(CH3)2C6H4C6H5, -NH-Bpoc), as a 9-fluorenylmethoxy amide (-NH-Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (-NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (-NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (-NH-Troc), as an allyloxy amide (-NH-Alloc), as a 2(-phenylsulfonyl)ethyloxy amide (-NH-Psec); or, in suitable cases (e.g., cyclic amines), as a nitroxide radical (>N-O*). For example, a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C1-7alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a Ci.7haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C1-7trihaloalkyl ester); a triC1-7alkylsilyl-C1.7alkyl ester; or a C5-2oaryl-Ci-7alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
For example, a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (-SR), for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (-S-CH2NHC(=O)CH3).
Prodrugs
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the compound in the form of a prodrug. The term "prodrug," as used herein, pertains to a compound which, when metabolised (e.g., in vivo), yields the desired active compound. Typically, the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the desired active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
For example, some prodrugs are esters of the active compound (e.g., a physiologically acceptable metabolically labile ester). During metabolism, the ester group (-C(=O)OR) is cleaved to yield the active drug. Such esters may be formed by esterification, for example, of any of the carboxylic acid groups (-C(=O)OH) in the parent compound, with, where appropriate, prior protection of any other reactive groups present in the parent compound, followed by deprotection if required.
Also, some prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound (for example, as in ADEPT, GDEPT, LIDEPT, etc.). For example, the prodrug may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.
Compositions
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of preparing a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising admixing a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
Uses The compounds described herein are useful, for example, in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are ameliorated by the inhibition of Bcl-2 protein function, such as, for example, proliferative conditions, cancer, etc.
Use in Methods of Inhibiting Bcl-2 protein function One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 ), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting Bcl-2 protein (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 ) with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting Bcl-2 protein function (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 ) in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises contacting the cell with one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
Suitable assays for determining Bcl-2 protein are described herein and/or are known in the art.
Use in Methods of Inhibiting Cell Proliferation, Etc.
The PRD and DRD compounds described herein, e.g., (a) regulate (e.g., inhibit) cell proliferation; (b) promote apoptosis; or (c) a combination of both.
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), promoting apoptosis, or a combination of both, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein. In one embodiment, the method is a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises contacting the cell with one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
In one embodiment, the method is performed in vitro. In one embodiment, the method is performed in vivo.
In one embodiment, the PRD or DRD compound is provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.
One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate compound regulates (e.g., inhibits) cell proliferation, etc. For example, assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described herein.
For example, a sample of cells (e.g., from a tumour) may be grown in vitro and a compound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of the compound on those cells observed. As an example of "effect," the morphological status of the cells (e.g., alive or dead, etc.) may be determined. Where the compound is found to exert an influence on the ceils, this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of the efficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cells of the same cellular type.
Use in Methods of Therapy
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy. In one embodiment, the method of treatment comprises treatment with both (i) a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and (N) one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor, (b) a DNA damaging agent, (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor, or (d) a microtubule targeted agent, as described herein, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy, wherein the method of treatment comprises treatment with both (i) a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and (a) the DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor, (b) the DNA damaging agent, (c) the antimetabolite or TS inhibitor, or (d) the microtubule targeted agent.
Use in the Manufacture of Medicaments
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
In one embodiment, the medicament comprises the PRD or DRD compound.
In one embodiment, the treatment comprises treatment with both (i) a medicament comprising a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and (ii) one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor, (b) a DNA damaging agent, (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor, or (d) a microtubule targeted agent, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in a treatment, wherein the treatment comprises treatment with both (i) a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, and (a) the DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor, (b) the DNA damaging agent, (c) the antimetabolite or TS inhibitor, or (d) the microtubule targeted agent. Methods of Treatment
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
In one embodiment, the method further comprises administering to the subject one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
Conditions Treated - Conditions Mediated by Bcl-2
In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by Bcl-2 (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 ).
Conditions Treated - Conditions Ameliorated by the Inhibition of Bcl-2 Function In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of: a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of Bcl-2 function (especially one or both of BCI-XL and Mcl-1 ).
Conditions Treated - Proliferative Conditions and Cancer
In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition.
The term "proliferative condition," as used herein, pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g., of connective tissues), pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, smooth muscle cell proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: cancer.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, stomach cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, renal cell carcinoma, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, glioma, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, bone cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer (e.g., head cancer, neck cancer), skin cancer, squamous cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, malignant melanoma, lymphoma, or leukemia.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: a carcinoma, for example a carcinoma of the bladder, breast, colon (e.g., colorectal carcinomas such as colon adenocarcinoma and colon adenoma), kidney, epidermal, liver, lung (e.g., adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung carcinomas), oesophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas (e.g., exocrine pancreatic carcinoma), stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, skin (e.g., squamous cell carcinoma); a hematopoietic tumour of lymphoid lineage, for example leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non- Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, or Burkett's lymphoma; a hematopoietic tumor of myeloid lineage, for example acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome, or promyelocytic leukemia; a tumour of mesenchymal origin, for example fibrosarcoma or habdomyosarcoma; a tumor of the central or peripheral nervous system, for example astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma or schwannoma; melanoma; seminoma; teratocarcinoma; osteosarcoma; xenoderoma pigmentoum; keratoctanthoma; thyroid follicular cancer; or Kaposi's sarcoma.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, CNS cancer or leukemia.
The anti-cancer effect may arise through one or more mechanisms, including but not limited to, the promotion of apoptosis (programmed cell death), the regulation of cell proliferation, the inhibition of cell cycle progression, the inhibition of angiogenesis (the formation of new blood vessels), the inhibition of metastasis (the spread of a tumour from its origin), or the inhibition of invasion (the spread of tumour cells into neighbouring normal structures). The compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of the cancers described herein, independent of the mechanisms discussed herein.
Treatment
The term "treatment," as used herein in the context of treating a condition, pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, alleviatiation of symptoms of the condition, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition. Treatment as a prophylactic measure (i.e., prophylaxis) is also included. For example, use with patients who have not yet developed the condition, but who are at risk of developing the condition, is encompassed by the term "treatment."
For example, treatment includes the prophylaxis of cancer, reducing the incidence of cancer, alleviating the symptoms of cancer, etc.
The term "therapeutically-effective amount," as used herein, pertains to that amount of a compound, or a material, composition or dosage form comprising a compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
Combination Therapies
The term "treatment" includes combination treatments and therapies, in which two or more treatments or therapies are combined, for example, sequentially or simultaneously. For example, the compounds described herein may also be used in combination therapies, e.g., in conjunction with other agents, for example, cytotoxic agents, anticancer agents, etc. Examples of treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g., drugs, antibodies (e.g., as in immunotherapy), prodrugs (e.g., as in photodynamic therapy, GDEPT, ADEPT, etc.); surgery; radiation therapy; photodynamic therapy; gene therapy; and controlled diets.
For example, it may be beneficial to combine treatment with a compound as described herein with one or more other (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4) agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism, thus treating several characteristic features of cancer development.
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a compound as described herein, in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents, as described below.
The particular combination would be at the discretion of the physician who would select dosages using his common general knowledge and dosing regimens known to a skilled practitioner.
The agents (i.e., the compound described herein, plus one or more other agents) may be administered simultaneously or sequentially, and may be administered in individually varying dose schedules and via different routes. For example, when administered sequentially, the agents can be administered at closely spaced intervals (e.g., over a period of 5-10 minutes) or at longer intervals (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4 or more hours apart, or even longer periods apart where required), the precise dosage regimen being commensurate with the properties of the therapeutic agent(s).
The agents (i.e., the compound described here, plus one or more other agents) may be formulated together in a single dosage form, or alternatively, the individual agents may be formulated separately and presented together in the form of a kit, optionally with instructions for their use.
Combination Therapies Employing DNA Damaging Agents As discussed herein, in some embodiments, the PRD or DRD compound is employed in combination with (e.g., in conjunction with) one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; (d) a microtubule targeted agent; and (e) ionising radiation.
When both a PRD or DRD compound and one or more other agents are employed, they may be used (e.g., contacted, administered, etc.) in any order. Furthermore, they may be used (e.g., contacted, administered, etc.) together, as part of a single formulation, or separately, as separate formulations.
For example, in regard to methods of treatment employing both a PRD or DRD compound and one or more other agents, treatment with (e.g., administration of) the PRD or DRD compound may be prior to, concurrent with, or may follow, treatment with (e.g., administration of) the one or more other agents, or a combination thereof.
In one embodiment, treatment with (e.g., administration of) a PRD or DRD compound is concurrent with, or follows, treatment with (e.g., administration of) the one or more other agents.
In one embodiment, the one or more other agents is a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; for example, Etoposide, Toptecan, Camptothecin, Irinotecan, SN-38, Doxorubicin, Daunorubicin.
In one embodiment, the one or more other agents is a DNA damaging agent; for example, alkylating agents, platinating agents, or compounds that generate free radicals; for example, Temozolomide, Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Mitomycin C, Cyclophosphamide, BCNU, CCNU, Bleomycin.
In one embodiment, the one or more other agents is an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; for example, 5-fluorouracil, hydroxyurea, Gemcitabine, Arabinosylcytosine, Fludarabine, Tomudex, ZD9331.
In one embodiment, the one or more other agents is a microtubule targeted agent; for example, Paclitaxel, Docetaxel, Vincristine, Vinblastine.
In one embodiment, the one or more other agents is ionising radiation (e.g., as part of radiotherapy). Other Uses
The PRD and DRD compounds described herein may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibit Bcl-2 function (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and McM ), e.g., to inhibit cell proliferation, etc.
The PRD and DRD compounds described herein may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, for example, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely to benefit from treatment with the compound in question.
The PRD and DRD compounds described herein may also be used as a standard, for example, in an assay, in order to identify other compounds, other Bcl-2 function inhibitors (especially one or both of Bcl-XL and McM), other antiproliferative agents, other anti-cancer agents, etc.
Kits
One aspect of the invention pertains to a kit comprising (a) a PRD or DRD compound as described herein, or a composition comprising a PRD or DRD compound as described herein, e.g., preferably provided in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, e.g., written instructions on how to administer the compound or composition.
In one embodiment, the kit further comprises one or more other agents selected from: (a) a DNA topoisomerase I or Il inhibitor; (b) a DNA damaging agent; (c) an antimetabolite or TS inhibitor; and (d) a microtubule targeted agent.
The written instructions may also include a list of indications for which the active ingredient is a suitable treatment.
Routes of Administration The PRD or DRD compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the PRD or DRD compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (i.e., at the site of desired action).
Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g., by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular, intraarticular, subarachnoid, and intrasternal; by implant of a depot or reservoir, for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly.
The Subject/Patient
The subject/patient may be a chordate, a vertebrate, a mammal, a placental mammal, a marsupial (e.g., kangaroo, wombat), a rodent (e.g., a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g., a mouse), a lagomorph (e.g., a rabbit), avian (e.g., a bird), canine (e.g., a dog), feline (e.g., a cat), equine (e.g., a horse), porcine (e.g., a pig), ovine (e.g., a sheep), bovine (e.g., a cow), a primate, simian (e.g., a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g., marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g., gorilla, chimpanzee, orangutang, gibbon), or a human.
Furthermore, the subject/patient may be any of its forms of development, for example, a foetus.
In one preferred embodiment, the subject/patient is a human.
Formulations
While it is possible for the PRD or DRD compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation (e.g., composition, preparation, medicament) comprising at least one PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents. The formulation may further comprise other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents. Thus, the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one PRD or DRD compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the compound.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable," as used herein, pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients. 5th edition, 2005.
The formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
The formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
Formulations may suitably be in the form of liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, nonaqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, mouthwashes, drops, tablets (including, e.g., coated tablets), granules, powders, losenges, pastilles, capsules (including, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsules), cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses, suppositories, pessaries, tinctures, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, foams, sprays, mists, or aerosols.
Formulations may suitably be provided as a patch, adhesive plaster, bandage, dressing, or the like which is impregnated with one or more compounds and optionally one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, including, for example, penetration, permeation, and absorption enhancers. Formulations may also suitably be provided in the form of a depot or reservoir.
The compound may be dissolved in, suspended in, or admixed with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients. The compound may be presented in a liposome or other microparticulate which is designed to target the compound, for example, to blood components or one or more organs.
Formulations suitable for oral administration (e.g., by ingestion) include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, tablets, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses.
Formulations suitable for buccal administration include mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs. Losenges typically comprise the compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth. Pastilles typically comprise the compound in an inert matrix, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia. Mouthwashes typically comprise the compound in a suitable liquid carrier.
Formulations suitable for sublingual administration include tablets, losenges, pastilles, capsules, and pills.
Formulations suitable for oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
Formulations suitable for non-oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), suppositories, pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
Formulations suitable for transdermal administration include gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, and oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, bandages, dressings, depots, and reservoirs.
Tablets may be made by conventional means, e.g., compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the compound in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with one or more binders (e.g., povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g., sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose); surface-active or dispersing or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate); preservatives (e.g., methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, sorbic acid); flavours, flavour enhancing agents, and sweeteners. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the compound therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be provided with a coating, for example, to affect release, for example an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.
Ointments are typically prepared from the compound and a paraffinic or a water- miscible ointment base.
Creams are typically prepared from the compound and an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the compound through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.
Emulsions are typically prepared from the compound and an oily phase, which may optionally comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or it may comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulfate. The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low. Thus the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a liquid, include, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebuliser, include aqueous or oily solutions of the compound.
Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a solid, include, for example, those presented as a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
Formulations suitable for pulmonary administration (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy) include those presented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
Formulations suitable for ocular administration include eye drops wherein the compound is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the compound.
Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.
Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the compound, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Formulations suitable for parenteral administration (e.g., by injection), include aqueous or non-aqueous, isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile liquids (e.g., solutions, suspensions), in which the compound is dissolved, suspended, or otherwise provided (e.g., in a liposome or other microparticulate). Such liquids may additional contain other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, such as anti-oxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, suspending agents, thickening agents, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood (or other relevant bodily fluid) of the intended recipient. Examples of excipients include, for example, water, alcohols, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils, and the like. Examples of suitable isotonic carriers for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection. Typically, the concentration of the compound in the liquid is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 μg/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 μg/ml. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze- dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
Dosage
It will be appreciated by one of skill in the art that appropriate dosages of the PRD or DRD compounds, and compositions comprising the PRD or DRD compounds, can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects. The selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular PRD or DRD compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the PRD or DRD compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, the severity of the condition, and the species, sex, age, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient. The amount of PRD or DRD compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, veterinarian, or clinician, although generally the dosage will be selected to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
Administration can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.
In general, a suitable dose of the PRD or DRD compound is in the range of about 10 μg to about 250 mg (more typically about 100 μg to about 25 mg) per kilogram body weight of the subject per day. Where the compound is a salt, an ester, an amide, a prodrug, or the like, the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Embodiments of the invention and experiments illustrating the advantages and/or implementation of the invention are described below, by way of example only, with respect to the accompanying drawings, in which:
Figure 1 shows a simplified diagram of apoptosis signalling in a cell; Figures 2A, 2B and 2C show the changes in the heat of binding of BH3I-1 (Figure 2A), compound PRD06 (Figure 2B) and compound PRD18 (Figure 2C) to Bcl-XL at pH 7.0, 298 K as monitored by VP-ITC (Microcal, USA). The top panel of each data set represents the heat effects recorded as a function of time during 29 successive 10 μl injections (except the first injection of 4 μl which was not included in the data analysis) of 1mM ligand solution into the sample cell containing 50 μM BcI- XL. The bottom panel of each data set represents the heat released after appropriate blank corrections as a function of ligand to protein ratio; and Figures 3A and 3B show assay results for PRD compounds (and BH3I-1 comparison) against A549 human alveolar basal epithelial cells.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are provided solely to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention, as described herein.
Synthetic methodology is described below in section (A) for acid substituted pyridylrhodanines, in section (B) for ester substituted pyridylrhodanines, in section (C) for other pyridylrhodanines, and in section (D) for biphenyl rhodanines.
Characterization
1H NMR and 13C NMR spectra were acquired on a Bruker 400 UltraShield Spectrometer operating at 400 MHz and 100 MHz respectively. All the proton spectra were referenced to the respective residual solvent peaks (MeOH-αV 3.20; DMSO-Of6: 2.50 ppm) except for those recorded in CDCI3 were referenced to TMS. Carbon spectra were referenced to the central peak of the respective residual solvents (MeOH-Cf4: 49.0; DMSO-Ck 39.5; CDCI3: 77.0 ppm). Chemical shifts (SH and SC) are expressed in parts per million (ppm), referenced to TMS. Coupling constants (J) are reported to the nearest 0.5 Hz. Low-resolution and high-resolution electron impact mass spectra (EIMS) were measured using a Finnigan MAT95XP double-focusing mass spectrometer.
Low-resolution electrospray ionization (ESI) mass spectra were recorded using Waters Quattro Micro™ API, and high resolution mass spectra were obtained using the Agilent 6210 Time-of-Flight LC/MS.
Infrared (IR) spectra were measured on a BioRad FTIR spectrophotometer with samples analyzed as KBr discs or thin films on a KBr plate.
Elemental analysis was performed using a EuroEA3000 series CHNS Analyzer. X- ray analysis data was obtained using a Rigaku Single Crystal X-ray Diffraction System with Saturn-70 CCD Detector.
Flash chromatography was performed using silica gel by a Biotage Combiflash unit. Thin-layer chromatography was performed on aluminium plates pre-coated with silica gel (0.2 mm, Merck 60 F254), which were visualized under UV fluorescence.
Melting points were determined on a Bϋchi Melting Point B-540 and reported to the nearest 0.5 °C.
(A) Chemical synthesis of acid substituted pyridylrhodanines
The synthesis of the pyridine-based rhodanine compounds is outlined in Scheme 1.
The convergent synthetic route enabled the rapid construction of a small compound library of the arylrhodanines. The rhodanines 7 were prepared from the natural amino acids 6a-f (glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, and phenylalanine) in reasonable yields following the literature procedure [Sing et al Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2001, 11 , (2), 91-94]. The 2-aryl-5-formylpyridines 9a-c were prepared in high yields via the Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of the commercially-available arylboronic acids and 2-bromo-5-formylpyridine (8) using catalytic Pd2(dba)3 and PCy3 as the ligand using a procedure reported by Handy [Handy et al J. Org. Chem. 2007, 72, (22), 8496-8500.]. Knoevenagel condensation of the 2-aryl-3-formylpyridines 9a-c with the corresponding rhodanines 7a-f in buffered acetic acid furnished the desired pyridylrhodanines 10a-x (compounds PRD01 to PRD24) in good yields. The same general synthesis was used to make the corresponding compounds based on the 5-bromo-2-formylpyridine precursor.
Figure imgf000081_0001
Scheme 1
The following conditions were used:
O) CS2, NaOH1 H2O, 16h.
(ii) CICH2CO2Et, 3h.
(iii) 6N HCI, reflux 16 h. 48-92% yield over 3 steps.
(Jv) ArB(OH)2, aq K3PO4, cat. Pd2(dba)3, cat. PCy3HBF4, 1 ,4-dioxane, 10O0C, 16 h.
77-97% yields.
(v) glacial AcOH, NaOAc, reflux, 3h. 65-98% yields.
General Procedure for the Synthesis of Λ/-substituted Rhodanines (7a-f) To a solution of the requisite natural amino acid (typically 5 g, 30 mmol) in water (100 mL) was added NaOH (2.4 g, 2 eq) and CS2 (1.81 ml_, 30 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16h at room temperature after which a solution of sodium chloroacetate (2.82 g, 30 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for a further 3h at room temperature, then acidified with aqueous HCI (6N, 30 mL). The resulting solution was refluxed for 16h, then cooled to ambient temperature. The crude product was extracted from the aqueous layer with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 ml_), and the combined organic layer was dried with MgSO4, filtered, and the solvent removed in vacuo.
2-(4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)acetic acid (7a).
Figure imgf000082_0001
The title compound was recrystallized from ethanol as a yellow solid in 55% yield. Mp 148 0C (lit. 148 0C). 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 4.16 (s, 2H, NCH2), 4.79 (s, 2H, SCH2).
(S)-2-(4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)propanoic acid (7b).
Figure imgf000082_0002
The title compound was recrystallized from ethanol. The product was obtained as a yellow solid in 49% yield. Mp 152-153 0C. (lit. 152-153 0C). 1H NMR (CDCI3): ^ 1.61 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 4.00 (d, J = 2 Hz, 2H, CH2), 5.68 (q, J = 7 Hz, 1 H, NCH).
(S)-3-methyl-2-(4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)butanoic acid (7c).
Figure imgf000082_0003
The product was obtained as a yellow solid in 92% yield. Mp 113-115 0C. (lit. 113- 115 0C). 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 0.81 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.24 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 2.80 (m, 1 H, CH3CH), 4.03 (s, 2H, SCH2), 5.25 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H NCH), 9.60 (s, 1 H, CO2H).
(S)-4-methyl-2-(4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)pentanoic acid (7d).
Figure imgf000083_0001
The product was obtained as a yellow solid in 88% yield. Mp 100 0C. (lit. 99-101 0C). 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 0.91 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 0.95 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.51 (m, 1 H, CH3CH), 2.09 (m, 2H, NCHCH2), 3.98 (s, 2H, SCH2), 5.66 (m, 1 H, NCH).
(2S, 3S)-3-methyl-2-(4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)pentanoic acid (7e).
Figure imgf000083_0002
The product was obtained as a yellow oil in 48% yield. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 0.86 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 0.97-1.06 (m, 1 H, CH23CH3), 1.19 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CHCH3), 1.22- 1.28 (m, 1 H, ChUbCH3), 2.55 (m, 1 H, CHCH3), 4.02 (s, 2H, SCH2), 5.31 (d, J = 9 Hz, 3H, NCH). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 11.0, 17.5, 25.2, 33.4, 34.5, 61.9, 173.4, 173.6, 201.0. LR-ESI(-) m/z (%): 246 ([M-H]-, 23), 172 (100).
(S)-2-(4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-phenylpropanoic acid (7i).
Figure imgf000083_0003
The product was obtained as a yellow solid in 72% yield Mp 170-172 0C. (lit. 170- 173 0C). 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 3.52 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H, CH2Ph), 3.77 (s, 2H, SCH2), 5.85 (br s, 1H, NCH), 7.13- 7.25 (m, 5H) 9.65 (s, 1 H, CO2H). LR-ESI(-) m/z (%): 280 ([M- H]-, 75).
Preparation of 2-Bromo-5-formylpyridine (8)
Figure imgf000083_0004
The compound was prepared following the literature procedure [van den Heuvel et al J. Org. Chem. 2004, 69, (2), 250-262.]. To a suspension of 2-bromo-5-iodopyridine (3 g, 11 mmol) is dry Et2O (10O mL) at -78 0C was added /1-BuLi (2.2 M, 5.3 mL, 1.1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h prior to the addition of dry DMF (1 mL). After stirring for an additional 1 h, the mixture was warmed to room temperature and quenched by the addition of dilute HCI (1 M, 20 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with Et2O (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic fraction was dried with MgSO4, filtered, and the solvent removed in vacuo. Column chromatography on silica using a gradient (7-60% EtOAc, hexanes) yielded the product as a white solid (1.25 g, 64% yield). Rf (1 : 1 EtOAc/hexanes): 0.39. Mp 100-101 0C. (lit. 100 0C). 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 7.69 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 10.10 (s, 1H1 CHO).
Preparation of 5-Bromo-2-formylpyridine
Figure imgf000084_0001
This isomer of (8) was prepared in the same way as for (8) but using 5-bromo-2÷ iodopyridine instead of 2-bromo-5-iodopyridine. Purified by flash chromatography (6 → 30% ethyl acetate-hexanes) to yield the desired compound (2.49 g, 76%) as a white solid: Rf 0.63 (25% ethyl acetate-hexanes); δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.04 (1H, s, CHO), 8.86 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz, ArH), 8.03 (1 H, dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, ArH),7.86 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH).
General Procedure for the Suzuki coupling of 2-Bromo-5-formylpyridine to Boronic Acids (9a-c) To a solution of 8 (0.1 g, 0.54 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5 mL) was added the boronic acid (1.1 eq) and aqueous K3PO4 (0.23g in 1 mL H2O, 2 eq). The reaction mixture was degassed for 1 min with argon prior to the addition of catalytic Pd2(dba)3 (10 mg, 2 mol%) and PCy3HBF4 (8 mg, 4 mol%). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 0C for 16 h in a sealed tube. The reaction mixture was then cooled to rt and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (20 mL) and water (20 mL). The organic layer was collected and the aqueous phase was further extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). Column chromatography on silica (EtOAc/hexanes, 0-50%) yielded the desired products as white or pale yellow solids.
2-(2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-formylpyridine (9a). Pale yellow solid (95 % yield). Mp 84 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 3.72 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.93 (s, 3H, OCH3), 7.04 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 9.14 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 10.14 (s, 1 H).13C NMR (CDCI3): 5 55.9, 61.0, 113.8, 122.6, 124.4, 125.1 , 129.5, 133.0, 135.6, 147.4, 151.8, 153.0, 161.0, 190.6. HRMS (ESI+): Calcd 244.0968 for C14H14NO3 [M+H]+, found: 244.0961. Anal (C14H13NO3) C, H, N.
2-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-5-formylpyridine (9b). White solid (97 % yield). Rf (1 : 3 EtOAc/hexanes): 0.33. Mp 133-138 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 6.06 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.94 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 9.06 ( d, J = 1 Hz, 1 H), 10.11 (s, 1 H, CHO). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 101.6, 107.7, 108.6, 119.8, 122.2, 129.4, 132.3, 136.4, 148.5, 149.7, 152.4, 161.5, 190.3. FTIR (cm 1, KBr): 757 w, 818 m, 846 w, 895 m, 931 m, 1037 s, 1107 m, 1240 s, 1302 m, 1369 s, 1404 m, 1476 s, 1558 m, 1591 s, 1696 s. LR-ESI(+) m/z (%): 228 ([M+H]+, 100). HR-ESI(+): Calcd 228.0655 for C13H10 NO3 [M+H]+, found 228.0674. Anal (C13H9 NO3) C1 H1 N.
2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-formylpyridine (9c). Yellow crystals (77 % yield). Mp 107- 108 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 3.96 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.02 (s, 3H, OCH3), 6.98 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 9.07 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 10.10 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 56.0, 110.2, 111.0 , 119.7, 120.5, 129.3, 130.7, 136.2, 149.4, 151.2, 152.4, 161.6, 190.4. HRMS (ESI+): Calcd 244.0968 for C14H14NO3 [M+H]+, found 244.0962. Anal (C14H13NO3) C, H, N.
2-(3-chloro-4-isopropoxyphenyl)-5-formylpyridine (9d). Colorless crystals (yield 93%). Mp 83 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ1.43 (d, J = 6 Hz, 6H, 2 x CH3), 4.68 (m, 1 H, OCH), 7.05 (dd, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.82 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 3 Hz, 1 H), 8.15 (d, J = 3 Hz, 1 H), 8.19 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 3 Hz, 1 H), 9.07 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 10.11 (s, 1H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 22.0, 72.0, 114.9, 119.7, 124.6, 126.9, 129.51 , 129.57, 130.9, 136.5, 152.4, 155.5, 160.5, 190.3. HRMS (ESI+): Calcd 276.0786 for C15H15CINO2 [M+H]+, found 276.0785. Anal (C15H14CINO2) C, H, N.
The 4-isopropoxyphenyl analogue was also prepared using the same methodology.
Figure imgf000086_0001
6-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)nicotinaldehyde. Beige powder (250 mg, 64%). Rf 0.35 (30% ethyl acetate-hexanes); Mp 68.0-69.0 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.10 (1 H, s, CHO), 9.07 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 8.18 (1 H, dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz), 8.05 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.83 (1 H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.00 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 4.70-4.61 (1 H, m, OCH), 1.38 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, OCH(CHa)2); <*c (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 190.5 (CHO), 161.9 (para ArCHO), 160.1 (ipso ArOCH), 152.6 (ortho ArCHO), 136.3 (ortho ArCHO), 130.1 (para ArOCH), 129.2 (ipso ArCHO), 129.1 (meta ArOCH), 119.6 (meta ArCHO), 116.0 (ortho ArCHO), 67.0 (OCH), 22.0 (CH(CH3)2); m/z (%) (ESI+) 296 (10) 288 (100), 274 (80), 276 ([M+H]+, 42). (Found [M+H]+ 242.1165. C15H15NO2 requires [M+Hf 242.1181).
The 4-tert-butylphenyl analogue was also prepared using the same methodology.
Figure imgf000086_0002
Beige powder (240 mg, 63%). Rf 0.48 (30% ethyl acetate-hexanes); Mp 137.0-138.5 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.13 (1 H, s, CHO), 9.11 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz, ArH), 8.22 (1 H, dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, ArH), 8.04 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz1 ArH), 7.89 (1 H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH), 1.38 (9H, s, C(CH3)3); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 190.5 (CHO), 162.2 (para ArCHO), 153.9 (/PSO AI^BU), 152.5 (ortho ArCHO), 136.4 (ortho ArCHO), 135.1 (para Ar1Bu), 129.6 (ipso ArCHO), 127.3 (meta Arteu), 126.0 (ortho Ar'Bu), 120.2 (meta ArCHO), 34.8 (C(CH3)3), 31.2 (C(CH3)3); m/z(%) (ESH) 286 (100), 272 (50). (Found [M+H]+ 240.1389. C16H18NO requires [M+H]+ 240.1388). The following compounds based on the 5-bromo-2-formylpyridine precursor were also prepared using the same methodology.
5-(3-chloro-4-isopropoxyphenyήpicolina\<iehyde.
Figure imgf000087_0001
Beige powder (358 mg, 80%). Rf 0.38 (30% ethyl acetate-hexanes); Mp 49.0-51.0 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.11 (1 H, s, CHO)1 8.96 (1 H, dd, J = 2.0, 1.0 Hz, ArH), 8.02 (1 H1 d, J = 1.0 Hz), ArH)1 8.01 (1 H1 d, J = 2 Hz, ArH), 7.67 (1 H1 d, J = 2.5 Hz1 ArH)1 7.50 (1 H1 dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz1 ArH)1 7.08 (1 H1 d, J = 8.5 Hz1 ArH), 4.61-4.70 (1 H1 m, OCH)1 1.43 (6H1 d, J = 6.0 Hz1 OCH(CH3)2); ^c (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 192.8 (CHO), 154.5 (ipso ArO'Pr), 151.2 (ipso ArCHO), 148.0 (meta ArCHO)1 139.1 (para ArCHO), 134.4 (meta ArCHO)1 129.4 (para ArO'Pr), 129.1 (mete ArO'Pr), 126.5 (meta ArO'Pr), 125.0 (ipso ArCI), 121.8 (ortho ArCHO)1 115.7 (ortho ArO'Pr), 72.1 (OCH), 21.9 (OCH(CH3J2); m/z (%) (ESI+) 298 ([M+Na]+, 100), 290 ([M+NH4]+, 57), 276 ([M+H]+, 42). (Found [M+H]+ 276.0794. C15H14CINO2 requires [M+Hf 276.0786).
5-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)picolinaldehyde.
Figure imgf000087_0002
Beige powder (194 mg, 75%). Rf 0.48 (30% ethyl acetate-hexanes); Mp 53.5-54.5 0C; όH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.10 (1 H1 s, CHO), 8.98 (1H, t, J = 1.5 Hz, ArH), 7.99 (2H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), ArH), 7.58 (2H1 d, J = 9.0 Hz1 ArH)1 7.02 (2H, 6, J = 9.0 Hz1 ArH)1 4.68-4.60 (1 H1 m, OCH)1 1.38 (6H1 d, J = 6.0 Hz1 OCH(CH3)2); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 192.9 (CHO), 158.9 (ipso ArO'Pr), 150.7 (ipso ArCHO)1 148.0 (meta ArCHO), 140.2 (para ArCHO), 134.2 (meta ArCHO), 128.5 (meta ArO'Pr), 128.2 (para ArO'Pr), 121.8 (ortho ArCHO)1 116.4 (ortho ArO'Pr), 69.9 (OCH), 21.9 (OCH(CH3)2); m/z (%) (ESI+) 256 ([M+NH4]+, 100), 242 ([M+H]+, 70). (Found [M+H]+ 242.1181. C15H15NO2 requires [M+H]+ 242.1176). 5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)picolinaldehyde.
Figure imgf000088_0001
Beige powder (203 mg, 80%). Rf 0.60 (30% ethyl acetate-hexanes); Mp 79.0-81.5 0C; <∑H (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.13 (1 H, s, CHO), 9.02 (1 H, dd, J = 2.0, 1.0 Hz, ArH), 8.05 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz, ArH), 8.04 (1 H, d, J = 1.0 Hz, ArH), 7.61 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH), 1.38 (9H, s, C(CH3)3); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 193.1 (CHO), 152.6 (ipso Arfeu), 151.3 (/pso ArCHO), 148.6 (meta ArCHO), 140.6 (para ArCHO), 134.9 (meta ArCHO), 133.6 (para Ai^Bu), 127.1 (meta Ar1Bu), 126.3 (ortho Ar'Bu), 121.9 (ortho ArCHO), 34.8 (C(CH3)3), 31.2 (C(CH3)3); m/z (%) (ESI+) 262 ([M+Na]+, 100%), 240 ([M+H]+, 80). (Found [M+H]+ 240.1389. C16H18NO requires [M+H]+ 240.1388).
General Procedure for the Knoevenagel Condensation of Aldehydes with Rhodanines
To a buffered solution of the aldehydes 9a-d (typically 100 mg, 0.30 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (1 to 5 ml.) and sodium acetate (0.11 g, 4eq) was added the requisite rhodanine 7a-f (2 eq). The mixture was refluxed for 3 h, then cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo, and aqueous HCI (1 M, 50 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was refluxed for a further 1 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to rt, and the precipitate was collected via vacuum filtration. Recrystallization from hot 1N HCI, or column chromatography on silica, gave the pure product (65-98% yields).
[PRD01] 10a. Mp 225-226 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 3.70 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.87 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.73 (s, 2H, NCH2), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.38 (dd, J = 7 Hz and 3 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (s, 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 9.01 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-CZ6): δ 45.1 , 55.9, 60.6, 114.1 , 122.0, 125.5, 124.2, 124.7, 127.3, 130.4, 132.4, 136.7, 147.0, 152.1, 152.9, 156.5, 166.2, 167.2, 192.8. FTIR (cm 1 , KBr): 536 w, 584 w, 786 w, 835 w, 847 w, 1125 m, 1222 s, 1265 m, 1342 s, 1387 m, 1405 m, 1470 m, 1491 m, 1595 m, 1780 s, 2833 w, 2944 w, 2987 w. Anal (C19H16N2O5S2) C, H, N, S. [PRD02] 10b. Mp 208 0C. 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.56 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CHCH3), 3.70 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.87 (s, 3H, OCH3), 5.63 (q, J = 7 Hz, 1H, NCH), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.38 (dd, J = 7 Hz and 3 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (dd, J = 9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.99 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-^6): δ 13.4, 52.9, 55.9, 60.6, 114.1 , 122.0, 123.1 , 124.1 , 124.6, 127.3, 130.1, 132.4, 136.6, 147.0, 152.0, 152.8, 156.4, 166.0, 169.5, 192.4. FTIR (cm'1, KBr): 534 w, 745 m, 1003 m, 1026 m, 1114 m, 1235 s, 1270 s, 1470 m, 1591 m, 1724 s, 1911 br w, 2916 w. LR-ESI(-) m/z (%):429 ([M-H]", 22), 386 (32), 271 (28), 126 (100). HR-ESI(-):Calcd. 429.0584 for C20H17N2O5S2 [M-H]-, found 429.0566. Anal (C20H18N2O5S2) C, H, N, calculated S, 14.90; found S1 14.13.
[PRD03] 10c. Brown-yellow solid. Mp 222-224 0C.1H NMR (DMSO-^6): δ 0.76 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.21 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 3.69 (s, 3H, OCH3), 2.73 (m, 1 H), 3.87 (s, 3H1 OCH3), 5.19 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (m, 2H)1 7.38 (dd, J = 7 and 3 Hz, 1 H), 7.96 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (dd, J = 8 and 2 Hz1 1 H)1 8.99 (d, J = 2 Hz1 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-Cy6): δ 18.9, 21.6, 27.1 , 55.8, 60.5, 62.1 , 114.1 , 122.0, 122.3,
124.1 , 124.6, 127.2, 130.9, 132.4, 136.7, 147.0, 152.0, 152.8, 156.5, 166.4, 168.5, 193.0. FTIR (KBr, cm'1) 3423 (br), 2971 , 1722, 1609, 1478, 1248, 1029, 833, 796, 751. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 457.0897 for C22H21N2O5S2 [M-H]" Found: 457.0873. Anal (C22H22N2O5S2) H, N, S calculated C, 57.82; found C, 56.20.
[PRD04] 1Od. Yellow solid. Mp 167-169 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 0.95 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.00 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.57 (m, 1 H), 2.16 (m, 1 H), 2.30 (m, 1 H), 3.71 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.93 (s, 3H, OCH3), 5.78 (m, 1 H, NCH), 7.03 (dd, J = 8 and 2 Hz, 1 H),
7.21 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.43 (dd, J = 8 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (s, 1 H), 7.84 (dd, J = 8 and 3 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H)1 8.88 (d, J = 3 Hz, 1 H).13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 22.2, 23.0, 25.3, 36.9, 56.0, 56.1, 61.2, 113.9, 122.6, 124.3, 124.6, 125.6, 127.8, 129.1,
132.2, 136.6, 147.5, 151.4, 153.1 , 156.6, 167.1 , 172.1 , 192.2. FTIR (KBr, cm'1) 3440 (br), 2963, 1729, 1590, 1263, 1206, 1028, 828, 795, 749. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd
471.1054 for C23H23N2O5S2 [M-H]- Found: 471.1026. Anal. (C23H24N2O5S2) C, H, N1 S.
[PRD05] 1Oe. Mp 129-130 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-c/6): δ 0.80 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH2CH3), 0.96 (m, 1 H, CH^CH3), 1.17 (d, J = 6 Hz1 3H1 CHCH3), 1.24 (m, 1H, CH^CHy). 2.51 (m, 1 H, CH3CH), 3.69 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.87 (s, 3H, OCH3), 5.21 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H, NCHCO2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.39 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (s, 1 H), 8.01 (m, 1 H), 8.07 (dd, J = 9 Hz, 2H), 8.99 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): (J 11.2, 17.6,
25.3, 33.8, 56.0, 61.1 , 62.0, 113.8, 122.6, 123.9, 124.6, 125.5, 127.7, 129.5, 132.4, 136.4, 147.5, 151.8, 153.1 , 156.8, 167.3, 171.2, 192.2. FTIR (crτϊ\ KBr): 548 w, 687 w, 738 w, 1001 m, 1036 m, 1094 w, 1126 m, 1236 br s, 1261 s, 1327 m, 1427 w, 1468 m, 1585 m, 1719 s, 2361 w, 2933 m, 2965 m. LR-ESI(-) m/z (%):471 ([M-H]", 25), 428 (65), 357 (18), 168 (100). HR-ESI(-): Calcd. 471.1054 for C23H23N2O5S2 [M- H]-, found 471.1038. Anal (C23H24N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD06] 1Of. Yellow solid. Mp 160-162 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 3.64 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.92 (s, 3H, OCH3), 6.00 (br s, 1 H, NCH), 7.03 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.20 (m, 6H), 7.40 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.88 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 33.9, 56.0, 58.2, 61.2, 1 13.9, 122.6, 124.2, 124.6, 125.6, 127.1 , 127.8, 128.5, 128.9, 129.2, 132.1, 135.9, 136.7, 147.4, 151.4, 153.1 , 156.5, 166.9, 170.9, 191.6. FTIR (KBr, cm"1) 3410 (br), 2920, 1723, 1609, 1263, 1174, 1031 , 831 , 739, 670. HRMS (ESP): Calcd 505.0897 for C26H21N2O5S2 [M-H]" Found: 505.0873. Anal. (C26H22N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD07] 1Og. Mp 281-282 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 4.76 (s, 2H, NCH2CO2H), 6.12 (s, 2H, OCH2O), 7.06 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.95 (s, 1 H), 8.02 (dd, J = 9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 8.92 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-Cf6): δ 45.1 , 101.6, 106.8, 108.7, 119.9, 121.7, 122.8, 127.0, 130.5, 131.7, 137.5, 148.1 , 149.1 , 152.2, 156.6, 166.2, 167.2, 192.7. FTIR (cm"1, KBr): 739 w, 807 w, 1037 m, 1105 m, 1196 s, 1251 m, 1270 m, 1328 s, 1393 m, 1439 m, 1472 s, 1584 s, 1712 s. LR-ESI(-) m/z (%): 399 ([M-H] ,73); 301 (91). HR-ESI(-): Calcd 399.011S fOr C18H11N2O5S2 [M-H]", found: 399.0104. Anal (C18H12N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD08] 10h. Mp 251-252 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-</6): δ 1.55 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 5.62 (q, J = 7Hz, 1 H, NCHCO2H), 6.12 (s, 2H, OCH2O), 7.07 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.89 (s, 1 H), 8.01 (dd, J = 9 Hz and 1 Hz, 1 H), 8.10 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.91 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H).13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ
13.4, 52.9, 101.6, 106.8, 108.7, 119.9, 121.7, 122.4, 127.0, 130.2, 131.7, 137.4, 148.1 , 149.1, 152.1 , 156.5, 166.0, 169.5, 192.3. Anal (C19H14N2O5S2) Calcd C, 55.80; H, 4.21; N1 6.17; S, 14.90. Found C, 53.04; H, 4.25; N, 6.01; S, 15.16. FTIR (cm 1, KBr): 467 w, 549 w, 597 w, 636 w, 686 w, 764 w, 808 m, 846 w, 894 m, 917 m, 935 m, 1001 w, 1036 m, 1053 m, 1108 m, 1144 w, 1246 s, 1257 s, 1305 m, 1348 s, 1391 m, 1442 m, 1476 s, 1501 m, 1591 m, 1608 m, 1700 s, 1740 m.LR-ESI(-) m/z (%): 413 ([M-H]", 8); 249 (13); 155 (32); 123 (100); 69 (57). HRMS: Calcd 413.0271 for C19H13N2O5S2 [M-H]"; found 413.0286. Anal (C19H14N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD09] 10i. Mp 248 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 0.76 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.21 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 2.74 (m, 1H, CH(CH3)2), 5.18 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1 H, NCHCO2H) 6.12 (s, 2H, OCH2O), 7.07 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (dd, J = 9 Hz and 2 Hz1 1 H), 8.11 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 8.92 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (DMSO-cfe): δ 18.9, 21.6, 27.1, 62.1, 101.6, 106.7, 108.6, 119.8, 121.5, 121.7, 126.9, 131.0, 131.6, 137.5, 148.1 , 149.1, 152.2, 156.6, 166.4,
168.5, 192.9. FTIR (cnT1, KBr): 547 w, 808 w, 1037 m, 1201 m, 1237 s, 1330 m, 1347 m, 1475 s, 1591 m, 1607 m, 1702 s, 1734 s, 2973 w. LR-ESI (-) m/z (%): 441 ([M-H]", 50); 398 (100); 342 (30). HRMS: Calcd 441.0584 for C21H17N2O5S2 [M-H]"; found 441.0568. Anal (C21H18N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD10] 10j. Mp 233 0C. 1H NMR (DMS0-d6): δ 0.87 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 0.92 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.48 (m, 1 H, CH^CH), 2.03 (m, 1 H, CH(CH3)2), 2.21 (m, 1 H, CH2J2CH), 5.60 (br s, 1H, NCHCO2H), 6.12 (s, 2H, OCH2O), 7.07 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J= 9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 8.91 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO- Of6): (J 21.9, 22.8, 24.8, 36.3, 55.9, 101.6, 106.7, 108.6, 119.9, 121.7, 121.9, 127.0,
130.6, 131.6, 137.5, 148.1, 149.1, 152.2, 156.6, 166.4, 169.3, 193.0. FTIR (cm"1, KBr): 747 w, 813 m, 1036 s, 1226 s, 1249 s, 1268 s, 1337 s, 1390 m, 1475 s, 1593 m, 1608 m, 1699 s, 1734 br m, 2364 w, 2905 w. LR-ESI(-) m/z (%): 455 ([M-H]", 22); 339 (12); 325 (52); 297 (14); 243 (15); 192 (43). HR-ESI(-): Calcd 455.0741 for C22H19N2O5S2 [M-H]-, found 455.0724. Anal (C22H20N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD11] 10k. Mp 221-2220C.1H NMR (DMSO-c/6): <J 0.80 (t, J= 7 Hz, 3H, CH2CH3), 0.95 (m, 1H, CHgaCHa), 1.16 (d, J= 7 Hz, 3H, CHCH3), 1.23 (m, 1H, CH26CH3), 2.51 (m, 1H, CH3CH), 5.22 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1H, NCHCO2H), 6.12 (s, 2H, OCH2O), 7.07 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.93 (s, 1 H), 8.02 (dd, J= 9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 8.92 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H).13C NMR (DMSO-Of6): δ 10.9, 17.5,24.9,33.0,61.6,79.1, 101.6, 106.8, 108.7, 119.9, 121.5, 127.0, 131.0, 131.7, 137.6, 148.2, 149.2, 152.2, 156.6, 166.5, 168.6, 193.0. FTIR (cm"1, KBr): 547 w, 583 w, 660 w, 691 w, 740 w, 808 m, 845 w, 893 w, 936 w, 958 w, 1037 m, 1102 m, 1132 m, 1201 m, 1237 s, 1305 m, 1330 m, 1347 m, 1391 m, 1440 m, 1475 s, 1501 m, 1555 w, 1591 m, 1607 m, 1702 s, 1734 m, 2363 m, 2929 m, 2973 m. LR-ESI(-) m/z (%): 445 ([M-H]", 33); 412 (78); 341 (22); 256 (25); 168 (75). HR-ESI(-): Calcd 455.0741 for C22H19N2O5S2 [M-H]", found: 455.0739. Anal (C22H20N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD12] 101. Mp 229 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-Cf6): δ 3.52 (d, J = 5 Hz, 2H, CH2Ph), 5.90 (br s, 1 H, NCHCO2H), 6.11 (s, 2H, OCH2O), 7.05 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.13-7.23 (m, 5H), 7.73 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.76 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.95 (dd, J = 9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 8.88 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-Cy6): δ 33.0, 58.2, 101.6, 106.7, 108.6, 119.8, 121.5, 121.7, 126.7, 126.8, 128.3, 128.9, 130.5, 131.6, 136.4, 137.5, 148.1, 149.1 , 152.2, 156.6, 166.3, 168.6, 192.2. FTIR (Cm"1, KBr): 839 w, 1035 m, 1170 m, 1235 s, 1266 s, 1338 s, 1475 s, 1592 m, 1609 m, 1706 s, 1732 br m, 2890 w. LR-ESI(-) m/z (%): 489 ([M-H]", 100); 445 ([M-C3H8]", 85); 354 (28); 311 (43); 243 (32); 219 (16). HR-ESI(-): Calcd 489.0584 for C25H17N2O5S2 [M-H]", found 489.0593. Anal (C25H18N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD13] 10m. Orange solid. Mp 177-178 0C (dec). 1H NMR (DMSO-c/6): δ 3.84 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.87 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.77 (s, 2H, NCH2), 7.10 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.15 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.95 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-Cy6): 5 45.1, 55.5, 55.6, 110.0, 111.8, 120.2, 120.3, 122.9, 127.0, 129.2, 130.3, 138.0, 149.0, 151.0, 151.5, 156.3, 166.2, 167.2, 192.6. FTIR (KBr, cm"1) 3445, 2939, 2843, 1722, 1586, 1516, 1332, 1201 , 1058, 842, 734, 609. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 415.0428 for C19H15N2O5S2 [M-H]" Found: 415.0418. Anal (C19H16N2O5S2) Calcd C1 54.79; H, 3.87; N, 6.73; S, 15.40. Found C, 45.84; H, 3.72; N, 5.61 ; S, 12.99.
[PRD14] 10n. Brown-yellow solid. Mp 243-244 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.56 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 3.83 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.86 (s, 3H, OCH3), 5.63 (q, J = 7 Hz, 1 H, NCH), 7.10 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (m 2H), 7.90 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (dd, J = 8 and 2 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1 H), 8.92 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 13.4, 52.8, 55.5, 55.6, 109.9, 111.7, 1 19.8, 120.0, 122.2, 126.8, 129.9, 130.4, 137.4, 149.0, 150.8, 152.8, 156.9, 166.0, 169.5, 192.3. FTIR (KBr, cm"1) 3424 (br), 2938, 2361 , 1721 , 1584, 1287, 1238, 814, 731 , 669. HRMS (ESI"): Calcd 429.0584 for C20H17N2O5S2 [M- H]" Found: 429.0573. Anal (C20H18N2O5S2) Calcd C, 55.80; H, 4.21 ; N, 6.51 ; S, 14.90. Found C, 53.04; H, 4.25; N, 6.01 ; S, 15.16. [PRD15] 10o. Brown-yellow solid. Mp 182-184 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-Qf6): δ 0.76 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.21 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H, CH3), 2.75 (m, 1 H, CH), 3.84 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.87 (s, 3H, OCH3), 5.19 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H1 NCH), 7.11 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.95 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (dd, J = 9 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.16 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 8.94 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 19.0, 21.7, 27.2, 55.5, 55.6, 62.2, 109.9, 111.8, 119.8, 120.1, 121.4, 126.8, 130.0, 131.2, 137.6, 149.0, 150.9, 152.3, 157.0, 166.5, 168.6,
193.0. FTIR (KBr, cnY1) 3550 (br), 2965, 2363, 1726, 1585, 1244, 1026, 836, 737. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 457.0897 for C22H2IN2O5S2 [M-H]' Found: 457.0882. Anal ( C22H22N2O5S2) Calcd C, 57.62; H, 4.84; N, 6.1 V1S, 13.99. Found C, 52.40; H, 5.25; N, 5.04; S, 17.93.
[PRD16] 1Op. Yellow solid. Mp 162-164 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 0.95 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.00 (d, J = 7 Hz, CH3), 1.56 (m, 1 H), 2.15 (m, 1 H), 2.30 (m, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.00 (s, 3H, OCH3), 5.80 (m, 1 H, NCH), 6.97 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.56 (dd, J = 9 Hz and 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (br s, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (br s, 2H), 8.82 (s, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 22.2, 23.0, 25.2, 36.9, 56.00, 56.03, 56.1 , 110.0, 11 1.1 , 120.3,
120.4, 123.3, 127.2, 129.4, 130.4, 137.1, 149.5, 151.1 , 152.0, 157.8, 167.0, 172.5,
192.1. FTIR (KBr, cm"1) 3450 (br), 2959, 1722, 1584, 1275, 1208, 1025, 834, 770, 738. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 471.1054 for C23H23N2O5S2 [M-H]" Found: 471.1033. Anal (C23H24N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD17] 10q. Orange solid. Mp 157-158 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 0.80 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 0.95 (m, 1H), 1.16 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.24 (m, 1 H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.84 (s, 3H, OCH3), 5.24 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H, NCH), 7.10 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H)1 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.94 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (dd, J = 9 and 2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H), 8.93 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 13.29 (br s, 1H, CO2H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 10.9, 17.5, 24.8, 33.0, 55.5, 55.6, 61.6, 109.9, 111.7, 119.8, 120.1 , 121.3, 126.8, 129.9, 131.2,
137.5, 149.0, 150.8, 152.3, 157.0, 166.5, 168.6, 193.0. FTIR (KBr, cm"1) 3480 (br), 2963, 2361 , 1716, 1583, 1235, 1026, 836, 770, 736. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 471.1054 for C23H23N2O5S2 [M-H]' Found: 471.1040. Anal. (C23H24N2O5S2) C, H1 N, S.
[PRD18] 1Or. Orange solid. Mp 202-203 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-Cf6): δ 3.53 (d, J= 4 Hz, 2H, PhCH2), 3.83 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.86 (s, 3H, CH3), 5.86 (br s, 1 H, NCH), 7.09 (d, J= 8 Hz1 1H), 7.15-7.23 (m, 5H), 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (dd, J= 2 and 9 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 9 Hz, 1 H), 8.90 (d, J= 2 Hz1 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3 + CD3OD): δ 33.6, 55.8, 58.2, 109.8, 111.0, 120.0, 120.1 , 123.0, 126.8, 127.0, 128.3, 128.95, 129.0, 130.5, 136.0, 137.0, 149.2, 150.8, 151.8, 157.8, 166.9, 169.5, 191.8. FTIR (KBr, cm" 1) 3476 (br), 2907, 2360, 1719, 1584, 1263, 1229, 1023, 836, 738, 698. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 505.0897 for C26H21N2O5S2 [M-H]" Found: 505.0873. Anal (C26H23CIN2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD19] 10s. Brown-yellow solid. Mp 236-237 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.34 (d, J = 6 Hz, 6H, 2 x CH3), 4.76 (s, 2H, NCH2), 4.81 (m, 1 H), 7.32 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (s, 1 H), 8.06 (dd, J = 9 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.15 (dd, J = 9 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.18 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 8.26 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.96 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-c/6): δ 21.8, 45.1 , 71.3, 115.2, 119.9, 122.9, 123.0, 127.0, 127.3, 128.5, 130.5, 137.6, 152.3, 154.5, 155.5, 166.2, 167.3, 192.6. FTIR (KBr, cm"1) 2980, 1708, 1582, 1321 , 1199, 1109, 951, 812, 743, 617. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 447.0246 for C20H16CIN2O4S2 [M-H]" Found: 447.0231. Anal (C20H17CIN2O4S2) Calcd C1 53.51; H, 3.82; N, 6.24; S, 14.28. Found C, 52.14; H, 3.85; N, 5.82; S, 13.30.
[PRD20] 10t. Yellow solid. Mp 182-183 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-c/6): 61.34 (d, J = 7 Hz, 6H, 2 x CH3), 1.56 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 4.81 (m, 1 H), 5.63 (q, J = 7 Hz, 1 H, NCH), 7.32 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (dd, J = 8 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.13 (m, 2H)1 8.26 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 8.94 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ 13.7, 22.0, 53.1 , 72.1 , 115.1 , 120.2, 123.9, 124.7, 126.8, 127.5, 129.3, 129.4, 130.6, 137.4, 151.9, 155.4, 156.7, 166.6, 172.6, 191.4. FTIR (KBr, cm"1) 2978, 2361 , 1711, 1582, 1475, 1247, 1109, 950, 811 , 736. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 461.0402 for C21H18CIN2O4S2 [M-H]" Found: 461.0377. Anal (C21H19CIN2O4S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD21] 10u. Yellow solid. Mp 223-225 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 0.85 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.29 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.41 (s, 3H, CH3), 1.43 (s, 3H, CH3), 2.91 (m, 1 H), 4.66 (m, 1H), 5.38 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H, NCH), 7.04 (d, J = 9 Hz1 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8 Hz1 1 H), 7.83 (dd, J = 9 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.90 (dd, J = 8 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J = 2 Hz1 1H), 8.82 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ19.1, 21.7, 22.0, 27.7, 62.4, 72.1 , 115.1 , 120.2, 123.6, 124.7, 126.8, 127.5, 129.35, 129.37, 130.6, 137.4, 152.0, 155.4, 156.7, 167.2, 171.9, 192.1. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd: 489.0715 for C23H22CIN2O4S2 [M-H]" Found: 489.0738. Anal (C23H23CIN2O4S2) C, H, N, S. [PRD22] 1Ov. Yellow solid. Mp 213-216 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 0.94 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3). 0.99 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.41 (s, 3H1 CH3), 1.43 (s, 3H, CH3), 1.56 (m, 1 H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.31 (m, 1H), 4.66 (m, 1H, OCH), 5.80 (m, 1H, NCH), 7.04 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J = 8 and 2 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J = 9 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.08 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.81 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ
22.0, 22.2, 23.0, 25.2, 36.9, 56.0, 72.1 , 115.1 , 120.1 , 123.7, 124.7, 126.7, 127.5,
129.2, 129.3, 130.6, 137.4, 151.9, 155.4, 156.7, 167.0, 172.8, 192.0. FTIR (KBr, cm" 1) 2962, 1720, 1584, 1475, 1281, 1208, 1107, 952, 814, 736. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 503.0872 for C24H24CIN2O4S2 [M-H]- Found: 503.0897. Anal. (C24H25CIN2O4S2)C, H, N, S.
[PRD23] 10w. Yellow solid. Mp 157-159 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 0.88 (t, J = 7Hz, 3H), 1.07 (m, 1 H), 1.25 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.31 (m, 1 H), 1.43 (d, J = 6 Hz, 6H, 2 * CH3), 2.66 (m, 1 H), 4.67 (m, 1 H), 5.44 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H, NCH), 7.05 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.74 (s, 1 H), 7.79 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.83 (dd, J = 9 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 7.92 (dd, J = 9 and 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H), 8.81 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (CDCI3): δ
11.1 , 17.6, 22.0, 25.3, 33.7, 61.9, 72.1 , 115.1 , 120.1 , 123.5, 124.7, 126.7, 127.5,
129.3, 129.4, 130.6, 137.3, 152.0, 155.4, 156.7, 167.2, 171.8, 192.1. FTIR (KBr, cm' 1) 2973, 2361 , 1721 , 1584, 1475, 1236, 1106, 951, 813, 734, 688. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 503.0872 for C24H24CIN2O4S2 [M-H]' Found: 503.0853. Anal (C24H25CIN2O4S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD24] 10x. Yellow solid. Mp 181-183 0C. 1H NMR (DMSO-^6): δ 1.33 (d, J = 6 Hz, 6H, 2 x CH3), 3.53 (d, J = 5 Hz, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H, OCH), 5.90 (br s, 1H, NCH), 7.18 (m, 5H), 7.29 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (dd, J = 9 and 2 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J = 9 and 3 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 8.23 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 8.89 (d, J = 3 Hz, 1 H). 13C NMR (DMSO-Cf6): δ 21.7, 33.0, 58.2, 71.2, 115.1 , 119.8, 121.7, 122.8, 126.7, 126.9, 127.1, 128.2, 128.4, 128.9, 130.4, 136.5, 137.6, 152.3, 154.5, 155.4, 166.3, 168.6, 192.2. FTIR (KBr, cm"1) 2978, 1720, 1583, 1475, 1279, 1 107, 950, 815, 736. HRMS (ESI ): Calcd 537.0715 for C27H22CIN2O4S2 [M-H]" Found: 537.0695. Anal. (C27H23CIN2O4S2) C, H, N, S.
The following compound was also synthesised using the same methodology: [PRD34] (2S,3R)-2-((Z)-5-((6-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)pyridin-3-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2- thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-methylpentanoic acid
Figure imgf000096_0001
Yellow solid (190 mg, 97%). Rf 0.31 (5% methanol-DCM); mp 181.5-183.5 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 8.80 (1H, s), 7.98 (2H, d, J = 9.0), 7.79 (2H, s), 7.74 (1H, s, SCCH), 6.99 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 5.44 (1 H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, NCH), 4.67-4.61 (1 H, m, OCH), 2.72-2.61 (1 H, m, NCHCH), 1.38 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, OCH(CH3)2), 1.33-1.28 (1H, m, IxCH2CH3), 1.25 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CHCH3), 1.12-1.04 (1 H, m, IxCH2CH3), 0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz, CH2CH3); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 192.2, 171.8 (CO2H), 167.3 (NCO), 159.9, 157.9, 152.1, 137.2, 129.6, 129.5, 128.9, 127.0, 123.1, 120.2, 116.1, 70.0 (OCH), 62.1 (NCH), 33.8 (NCHCH), 25.3 (CH2CH3), 22.0 (CH(CH3)2), 17.6 (CHCH3), 11.1 (CH2CH3); m/z (%) (ESI-) 469 ([M-H]", 40), 425 (100). (Found [M-H]" 469.1313. C24H25CIN2O4S2 requires [M-H]" 469.1256).
The following compounds based on the 5-bromo-2-formylpyridine precursor were also prepared using the same methodology.
[PRD25] (S,Z)-2-(5-((5-(3-chloro-4-isopropoxyphenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methylene)-4-oxo- 2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl) -4-methylpentanoic acid
Figure imgf000096_0002
Yellow solid (155 mg, 85%). R, 0.21 (5% methanol-DCM); Mp 108.5-110.5 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 8.95 (1 H, d, J = Hz), 7.89 (1 H, dd, J = 8.0, 2.5 Hz), 7.65 (1 H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.62 (1 H, s, SCCH), 7.58 (1 H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.47 (1 H, dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz), 7.06 (1 H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.84 (1 H, q, J = 4.0 Hz, NCH), 4.67-4.61 (1 H, m, OCH), 2.34-2.27 (1 H, m, IxNCHCH2), 2.19-2.10 (1 H, m, IxNCHCH2), 1.59-1.52 (1 H, m, NCHCH2CH), 1.43 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, OCH(CH3)2), 0.98 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH2CH(CH3)2), 0.93 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH2CH(CH3)2); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 192.4, 173.9 (CO2H), 167.4 (NCO), 154.3, 150.0, 147.5, 134.7, 134.3, 129.8, 129.0, 127.9, 127.4, 127.0, 126.2, 125.0, 115.8, 72.2 (OCH), 55.5 (NCH), 36.9 (CH2CH(CH3)2), 25.2 (CH2CH(CHs)2), 23.0 (OCH(CH3)2), 22.2 (1xCH2CH(CH3)2), 22.0 (1xCH2CH(CH3)2); m/z (%) (ESI-) 503 ([M-H]-, 55). (Found [M-H]" 503.0881. C24H24CIN2O4S2 requires [M-H]" 503.0872).
[PRD26]
Figure imgf000097_0001
Yellow solid. Rf (5% MeOH in DCM) 0.32. Mp126.5-129.0 0C. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 8.81 (1 H, s), 7.83 (1 H1 d, J = 6.5 Hz), 7.60 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.57 (2H, m), 7.42 (1 H, dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz), 7.03 (1 H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 5.38 (1 H, d, J = 8.0 Hz, NCH), 4.63 (1 H, m, OCH)1 2.56 (1 H, m, NCHCH), 1.42 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, OCH(CH3)2), 1.26-1.23 (1 H, m, IxCH2CH3), 1.17 (3H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CHCH3), 1.04-0.97 (1H, m, IxCH2CH3), 0.79 (3H1 t, J = 7.0 Hz, CH2CH3). LRMS {m/z, %): 503 ([M-H]", 80), 459 (100).Calcd 503.0866 for C24H24CIN2O4S2 [M-H]" , found: 503.0882.Anal. Calcd (C24H25CIN2O4S2) C, H1N1S.
[PRD27] (S,Z)-2-(5-((5-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2- thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-4-methylpentanoic acid
Figure imgf000097_0002
Yellow solid (194 mg, 91%). Rf 0.35 (5% methanol-DCM); mp 108.5-110.0 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 8.95 (1 H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.89 (1 H, dd, J = 8.0, 2.5 Hz), 7.62 (1 H, s, SCCH), 7.55 (1 H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz)1 7.00 (2H1 d, J = 9.0 Hz), 5.84 (1 H1 q, J = 4.5 Hz, NCH), 4.66-4.57 (1 H, m, OCH), 2.33-2.26 (1 H, m, IxNCHCH2), 2.17-2.10 (1H, m, IxNCHCH2), 1.61-1.52 (1 H, m, NCHCH2CH)1 1.38 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz1 OCH(CH3)2), 0.98 (3H1 d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH2CH(CH3)2), 0.93 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz1 CH2CH(ChU)2); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 199.7, 174.4 (CO2H)1 167.4 (NCO), 158.6, 149.4, 147.5, 135.9, 134.0, 128.6, 128.3, 127.4, 126.4, 116.4, 70.0 (OCH), 55.5 (NCH), 36.9 (CH2CH(CH3)2), 25.1 (CH2CH(CH3)2), 23.0 (1xCH2CH(CH3)2), 22.2 (1 xCH2CH(CH3)2), 22.0 (OCH(CH3)2); m/z {%) (ESI-) 469 ([M-H]", 100), 425 (94), 175 (36). (Found [M-H]" 469.1249. C24H26N2O4S2 requires [M-H]" 469.1256). [PRD28] (2S,3R)-2-((Z)-5-((5-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2- thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-methylpentanoic acid
Figure imgf000098_0001
Yellow solid (189 mg, 97%). Rf 0.33 (5% methanol-DCM); mp 1 15.5 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.11 (1H, broad s, CO2H), 8.93 (1 H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.88 (1 H, dd, J = 8.0, 2.5 Hz), 7.63 (1 H, s, SCCH), 7.55 (1 H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.99 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 5.49 (1 H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, NCH), 4.66-4.57 (1H, m, OCH), 2.71-2.60 (1 H, m, NCHCH), 1.37 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, OCH(CH3)2), 1.33-1.29 (1 H, m, IxCH2CH3), 1.23 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CHCH3), 1.10-1.02 (1 H, m, IxCH2CH3), 0.85 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz1 CH2CH3); (Jc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 199.7, 173.7 (CO2H), 167.5 (NCO), 158.6, 149.3, 147.4, 135.8, 134.0, 128.5, 128.4, 128.8, 127.5, 126.1 , 116.4, 67.0 (OCH), 61.3 (NCH), 33.6 (NCHCH), 25.1 (CHCH3), 21.9 (OCH(CH3)2), 17.5 (CH2CH3), 11.0 (CH2CH3); m/z (%) (ESI-) 469 ([M-H]", 70), 425 (100). (Found [M-H]" 469.1351. C24H26N2O4S2 requires [M-H]" 469.1256).
[PRD29] (S,Z)-2-(5-((5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)pyridin-2-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2- thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-4-methylpentanoic acid
Figure imgf000098_0002
Yellow solid (169 mg, 86%). Rf 0.34 (5% methanol-DCM); Mp 127.0-128.0 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 8.99 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.94 (1 H, dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz), 7.63 (1 H, s, SCCH), 7.58 (1 H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.52 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.84 (1 H, d, J = 4.0 Hz, NCH), 2.33-2.26 (1 H1 m, IxNCHCH), 2.17-2.09 (1H, m, IxNCHCH), 1.59-1.52 (1 H, m, CH(CH3)2), 1.37 (9H, s, C(CHg)3), 0.98 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH(CH3)2), 0.92 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH(CH3)2); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 199.7, 174.5 (CO2H), 167.4 (NCO), 152.1, 149.9, 147.8, 136.1 , 134.6, 133.7, 128.2, 127.4, 126.8, 126.3, 55.5 (NCH), 36.9 (NCHCH2), 34.7 (C(CH3J3), 31.2 (C(CH3)3), 25.2 (CH(CH3)2), 23.0 (1xCH(CH3)2), 22.2 (1xCH(CH3)2); m/z (%) (ESI-) 467 ([M-H]", 100), 423 (33). (Found [M-H]" 467.1503. C24H25N2O3S2 requires [M-H]" 467.1463). (B) Chemical synthesis of ester substituted pyridylrhodanines
General Procedure for Esterification of Rhodanine Carboxylic Acids
The requisite rhodanine carboxylic acid (55-100 mg, 1.0 eq) and iodine (0.1 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous methanol (2 ml_). Hydrochloric acid (33% aqueous solution,
0.1 ml_) was added and the solution was heated to reflux for 24 h. The resulting brown solution was concentrated, dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 ml_) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium thioshulphate (10 ml_). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 15 ml_), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The yellow solids were purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate- hexanes) to yield the following methyl esters.
[PRD36] (S,Z)-Methyl 2-(5~((6-(3-chloro-4-isopropoxyphenyl)pyridin-3-yl)methylene)- 4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-4-methylpentanoate
Figure imgf000099_0001
Yellow'oil(77 mg, 75%): R, 0.43 (20% ethyl acetate-hexanes); δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz)
8.77 (1 H, s, ArH), 8.12 (1 H, d, J = 2.5 Hz, ArH), 7.93 (1H, dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz, ArH),
7.78 (2H, s, ArH), 7.69 (1 H, s, SCCH), 7.03 (1 H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH), 5.72 (1 h, dd, J = 9.5, 5.0 Hz, NCH), 4.69-4.63 (1 H, m, ArOCH), 3.75 (3H, s, CO2CH3), 2.33-2.25 (1 H, m, IxNCHCH2), 2.19-2.12 (1H, m, IxNCHCH2), 1.59-1.51 (1H, m, CH(CH3)2), 1.42 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz1 OCH(CH3)2), 1.00 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH(CH3)2), 0.94 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH(CH3)2); όc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 192.0, 168.8 (CO2CH3), 166.9 (NCO), 156.7, 155.2, 152.1 , 137.0 (SCCH), 130.9, 129.4, 129.1 , 127.2, 126.4, 124.5, 123.3, 119.5, 115.0, 71.9 (OCH), 56.0 (NCH), 52.8 (CO2CH3), 36.9 (NCHCH2), 25.1 (CH2CH(CHa)2), 23.0 (1xCH2CH(CH3)2), 22.1 (1xCH2CH(CH3)2), 21.9 (OCH(CH3)2); m/z (%) (ESI+) 541 ([M+Na]+, 20), 344 (20), 336 (40), 322 (100), 226 (30), 167 (20). Found [M+H]+ 519.1183. C25H27CIN2O4S2 requires [M+H]+ 519.1179. Anal (C25H27CIN2O4S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD37] (2S, 3R)-Methyl 2-((Z)-5-((6-(3-chloro-4-isopropoxyphenyl)pyridin-3- yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-methylpentanoate
Figure imgf000100_0001
Yellow oil (28 mg, 50%): Rf 0.46 (20% ethyl acetate-hexanes); δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz)
8.79 (1H, s, ArH), 8.13 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz, ArH), 7.94 (1H, dd, J - 8.5, 2.5 Hz, ArH),
7.80 (2H, d, J = 2.5 Hz, ArH), 7.71 (1H, s, SCCH), 7.04 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH), 5.34 (1 H, d, J = 9.5 Hz, NCH)1 4.70-4.64 (1 H, m, OCH), 3.72 (3H, s, CO2CH3), 2.72-2.61 (1 H, m, CHCH3), 1.43 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, OCH(CH3)2), 1.31-1.26 (1 H, m, 1 x CH2CH3), 1.23 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CHCH3), 1.08-1.02 (1H, m, 1 x CH2CH3), 0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz, CH2CH3); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 192.1 (NCS), 168.2 (CO2CH3), 167.2 (NCO), 156.8, 152.1, 137.0, 130.9, 129.6, 129.2, 127.2, 126.5, 124.6, 123.2, 119.6, 115.1, 72.0 (OCH), 61.9 (NCH), 52.5 (CO2CH3), 33.7 (CHCH3), 25.1 (CH2CH3), 21.9 (OCH(CHs)2), 17.5 (CHCH3), 11.1 (CH2CH3); m/z (%) (ESI+) 541 ([M+Na]+, 27), 381 (90), 353 (50), 226 (100). Found [M+H]+ 519.1176. C25H27CIN2O4S2 requires [M+H]+ 519.1179. Anal (C25H27CIN2O4S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD38] (2S, 3R)-Methyl 2-((Z)-5-((6-(benzo[d][1 , 3]dioxol-5-yl)ρyridin-3- yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-methylpentanoate
Figure imgf000100_0002
Yellow oil (15 mg, 69%): Rf 0.43 (20% ethyl acetate-hexanes); δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 8.78 (1H, d, J = 2.0 Hz, ArH), 7.90-7.79 (2H, m, ArH, SCCH), 7.61 (2H, s, ArH), 6.93 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH), 6.05 (2H, s, OCH2O), 5.34 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, NCH), 3.72 (3H, s, CO2CH3), 2.72-2.57 (1H, m, CHCH3), 1.33-1.26 (1H, m, IxCH2CH3), 1.23 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CHCH3), 1.09-1.02 (1 H, m, IxCH2CH3), 0.88 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz, CH2CH3); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 192.2, 168.3 (CO2CH3), 167.2 (NCO), 157.8, 153.0, 148.6, 138.5, 137.0, 132.3, 129.7, 127.1 , 119.8, 108.7, 107.4, 101.6 (OCH2O), 61.9 (NCH), 52.6 (CO2CH3), 33.7 (CHCH3), 25.1 (CH2CH3), 17.5 (CHCH3), 11.1 (CH2CH3); m/z (%) (ESI+) 493 ([M+Na]+, 20), 477 ([M+H]+, 10), 226 (100), 185 (10). Found [M+H]+ 471.1056. C23H22N2O5S2 requires [M+H]+ 471.1048. Anal (C23H22N2O5S2) C, H, N, S. [PRD39] (S,Z)-Methyl 2-(5-((6-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methylene)-4- oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-phenylpropanoate
Figure imgf000101_0001
Yellow oil (16 mg, 76%): Rf 0.31 (20% ethyl acetate-hexanes); όH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 8.74 (1H, s ArH), 7.74 (2H, d, J = 1.5 Hz, ArH), 7,63 (1 H, s, SCCH), 7.61-7.58 (2H, m, ArH), 7.25-7.16 (5H1 m, CH2Ph), 6.92 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH), 6.04 (2H, s, OCH2O), 5.92 (1H, t, J = 8.0 Hz, NCH), 3.79 (3H, s, CO2CH3), 3.62 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz, NCHCH2); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 191.7, 168.2 (CO2CH3), 166.9 (NCO), 157.8, 152.8, 152.2, 151.7, 149.5, 148.6, 137.0, 135.9, 129.5, 129.3, 129.2, 128.6, 127.1 , 121.8, 11.8, 108.7, 107.4, 101.6 (OCH2O), 58.2 (NCH), 53.0 (CO2CH3), 33.9 (CH2Ph); m/z (%) (ESI+) 527 ([M+H]+, 40), 352 (50), 279 (80), 260 (100). Found [M+H]+ 505.0908. C26H20N2O5S2 requires [M+H]+ 505.0892. Anal (C26H20N2O5S2) C, H1 N1 S.
[PRD40] (S,Z)-Methyl 2-(5-((6-(2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)pyridin-3-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2- thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-phenylpropanoate
Figure imgf000101_0002
Yellow oil (56 mg, 54%): R, 0.25 (20% ethyl acetate-hexanes); δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 8.81 (1 H, d, J = 2.5 Hz, ArH), 8.05 (1 H, d, J = 8.5 Hz, ArH), 7.76 (1 H, dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz, ArH), 7.65 (1H, s, SCCH), 7.46 (1H, dd, J = 8.0, 1.5 Hz, ArH), 7.23-7.16 (6H, m, CH2Ph, ArH), 7.02 (1 H, dd, J = 8.0, 1.5 Hz, ArH), 5.92 (1 H, t, J = 8.0 Hz, NCH), 3.92 (3H, s, ArOCH3), 3.79 (3H, s, ArOCH3), 3.71 (3H, s, CO2CH3), 3.63 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz1 CH2Ph); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 191.7, 168.1 (CO2CH3), 166.8 (NCO), 157.1 , 153.0, 151.7, 147.5, 136.2, 135.8, 132.8, 129.5, 129.1 , 128.5, 127.2, 127.0, 125.0, 124.4, 122.4, 113.6, 61.0 (NCH), 58.1 (ArOCH3), 55.9 (ArOCH3), 52.9 (CO2CH3), 33.8 (CH2Ph); m/z {%) (ESI+) 521 ([M+H]+, 20), 352 (100), 290 (30), 216 (70). Found [M+H]+ 521.1198. C27H24N2O5S2 requires [M+Hf 521.1205. Anal (C27H24N2O5S2) C, H, N, S.
(C) Chemical synthesis of further pyridylrhodanines
The following compounds were also synthesised using commercially available rhodanine (Lancaster Chemicals).
[PRDZQ](Z)-5-((6-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-6-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methylene)-2- thioxothiazolidin-4-one
Figure imgf000102_0001
Prepared from 9b and commercially-available rhodanine (Lancaster Chemicals).
Mp 308-3090C.1H NMR (ds-DMSO): ό 6.11 (s, 2H, OCH2O)17.06 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H, Ar-H), 7.70 (s, 1H, Ar-H)17.73 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H1 Ar-H)17.76 (dd, J = 8 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H, Ar-H)17.95 (dd, J = 9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H, Ar-H), 8.08 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H, Ar-H), 8.86 (d, J= 2 Hz, 1H, Ar-H).13C NMR (^6-DMSO): δ 101.6 (OCH2O), 106.7, 108.7, 119.8, 121.6, 126.6, 127.1, 128.1, 131.7, 137.2, 148.1, 149.0, 151.9, 156.2, 169.3 (CO), 195.1 (CS). FTIR (cm1, KBr): 537 w, 588 m, 646 m, 678 m, 816 m, 1033 m, 1069 m, 1109 m, 1138 m, 1163 m, 1194 s, 1219 s, 1268 m, 1391 m, 1440 s, 1469 s, 1504 w, 1580 s, 1600 m, 1692 s. LR-ESI(-) m/z (%): 341 ([M-H]", 100); 312 (40); 296 (51); 239 (49); 213 (25). Anal (C16H10N2O3S2) C1 H, N, S.
{PRϋZΛ\(Z)-5-((6-(3-chloro-4-isopropoxyphenyl)pyridin-3-yl)methylene)-2- thioxothiazolidin-4-one
Figure imgf000102_0002
Prepared from 9d and commercially-available rhodanine (Lancaster Chemicals). Mp 172 0C. 1H NMR (CZ6-DMSO): δ 1.33 (d, J = 2 Hz, 6H, 2CH3), 4.79 (m, 1H,
CH3CHCH3), 7.31 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H, Ar-H), 7.71 (s, 1 H, Ar-H), 7.97 (dd, J = 9 Hz and 2
Hz, 1 H, Ar-H), 8.12 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 8.24 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H, Ar-H), 8.88 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1 H, Ar-H). 13C NMR (J6-DMSO): δ 22.0 (CH3), 72.0 (OCH(CH3)2), 115.1 , 119.7, 124.7,
126.3, 126.5, 127.0, 129.2, 129.4, 130.9, 137.0, 152.1, 155.3, 157.0, 167.9 (CO),
191.8 (CS). FTIR (Cm"1, KBr): 528 w, 676 w, 811 m, 951 m, 1061 m, 1107 m, 1192 s,
1227 s, 1258 s, 1282 s, 1393 m, 1433 m, 1475 s, 1582 s, 1711 s, 2978 w. LR-ESI(-) m/z (%):389 ([M-H]", 100). HR-ESI(-): Calcd 389.0191 for C18H14CIN2O2S2 [M-H]", found 389.0177.Anal (C18H15CIN2O2S2), C, H, N, S.
[PRD32] (Z)-5-((6-(2,3<limethoxyphenyl)pyridin-3-yl)methylene)-2-thioxothiazolidin- 4-one
Figure imgf000103_0001
Prepared from 9a and commercially-available rhodanine (Lancaster Chemicals).
Mp 220 0C. 1H NMR (CZ6-DMSO): δ 3.68 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.87 (s, 3H, OCH3), 7.20 (m, 2H1 Ar-H), 7.36 (dd, J = 7 Hz and 3 Hz, 1 H, Ar-H), 7,74 (s, 1 H, Ar-H), 8.01 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 8,95 (d, J = 1 Hz, 1H, Ar-H). 13C NMR (cZg-DMSO): δ 55.9 (OCH3), 60.6
(OCH3), 114.1 , 122.0, 124.2, 124.8, 127.4, 127.6, 127.9, 132.2, 136.7, 146.9, 151.4, 152.8, 155.8, 169.2 (CO), 195.2 (CS). FTIR (cm 1, KBr): 536 w, 1036 m, 1096 w, 1124 m, 1204 s,1267 s, 1433 m, 1476 s, 1542 w, 1575 s, 1623 m, 1712 s, 2835 w, 2970 w, 3021 w, 3403 br s. LR-ESI (-) m/z (%): 357 ([M-H]', 100). HR-ESI(-):Calcd. 357.0373 for C17H13N2O3S2 [M-H]", found 357.0365. Anal (C17H14N2O3S2) C, H, N, S.
[PRD33] (Z)-5-((6-(3A-dimethoxyphenyl)pyridin-3-yl)methylene)-2-thioxothiazolidin- 4-one
Figure imgf000103_0002
Prepared from 9c and commercially-available rhodanine (Lancaster Chemicals). Mp 260 0C. 1H NMR (c/6-DMSO): δ 3.83 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.86 (s, 3H, OCH3), 7.09 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H1 Ar-H), 7.70 (s, 1H, Ar-H), 7.75 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.97 (dd, J = 9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H, Ar-H), 8.14 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H, Ar-H), 8.88 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H, Ar-H). 13C NMR (Cf6-DMSO): δ 55.56 (OCH3), 55.63 (OCH3), 109.9, 111.8, 120.1, 120.2, 126.6, 127.1, 128.1 , 129.5, 137.5, 149.0, 150.8, 151.5, 156.2, 169.2 (CO), 195.1 (CS). FTIR (cm 1, KBr): 541 w, 617 w, 912 w, 1011 m, 1062 m, 1161 s, 1209 s, 1237 s, 1274 s, 1420 m, 1437 m, 1515 s, 1585 s, 1715 s, 2361 m, 2565 br m, 2810 m, 3021 m, 3339 br m, 3582 m. LR-ESI(-) nVz (%): 357 ([M-H]", 100). HR-ESI(-):Calcd. 357.0373 for C17H14N2O3S2 [M-H]- , found 357.0371. Anal (C17H14N2O3S2) C, H, N, S.
The following compound was also synthesised from the 2-bromo-5-formylpyridine precursor and rhodanine 7c.
[PRD35J 2-((Z)-5-((6-bromopyridin-3-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2-thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3- methylbutanoic acid
Figure imgf000104_0001
Prepared from 2-bromo-5-formylpyridine and rhodanine 7c via Knoevenagel condensation.
Mp 160-161 0C1H NMR (GVDMSO): δ 0.84 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.29 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H, CH3), 2.90 (m, 1 H, CH(CH3)2), 5.37 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H, NCHCO2H), 7.63 (br s, 3H, Ar-H), 8.53 (br s, 1 H, Ar-H). 13C NMR (GVDMSO): δ 19.1 (CH3), 21.7 (CH3), 27.6 (CH(CHs)2), 62.2 (CHCO2H), 128.0, 128.6, 128.8, 138.1 , 143.8, 151.8, 166.8 (CO), 172.3 (CO2H), 191.5 (CS). FTIR (cm"1, KBr): 685 w, 723w, 825 w, 1030 w, 1083 m, 1124 w, 1025 m, 1240 s, 1340 m, 1377 m, 1459 m, 1573 w, 1609 m, 1722 s, 1968 m, 3422 m. LR-ESK+) m/z (%):403 ([M+H]+, 100) and 401 ([M+H]+, 90) for 79Br and 81Br isotopes; 344 (15); 283 (15); 261 (15); 239 (25); 217 (15). HR-ESI(+): Calcd 422.9443 for C14H13N2O3S2Na, found 422.9444. Anal (C14H13BrN2O3S2) C, H, N, S.
(D) Chemical synthesis of biphenyl rhodanines
The synthesis of the biphenyl analogues was carried out by coupling of arylboronic acids with 4-bromobenzaldehye. To a solution of 4-bromobenzaldehyde (100-150 mg), requisite boronic acid (1.1 eq) and anhydrous K2CO3 in 'PrOH (5 mL) degassed with Ar was added Pd(OAc)2 (5 mol%). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h after which time the black solution was diluted with sodium hydrogencarbonate (20 mL) and DCM (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 20 mL) and the combined organic layers dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude yellow oil was purified by flash chromatography (0 -> 10% ethyl acetate-hexanes) to yield the biaryls.
The following biphenyl precursors were synthesised.
3 '-chloro-4 '-isopropoxybiphenyl-4-carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000105_0001
White powder (109 mg, 61%). Rf 0.40 (11% ethyl acetate-hexanes); Mp 61-62 0C; Vmax (film) 1686, 1596, 1292, 1281 , 1263, 1170, 1103, 1058, 952 cm"1; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.03 (1H, s, CHO), 7.92 (2H, dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, ArH), 7.68 (2H1 dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, ArH), 7.66 (1H, d, J = 2 Hz, ArH), 7.47 (1H, dd, J = 6.0, 2.0 Hz, ArH), 7.03 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, ArH), 4.63 (1H, m, OCH), 1.42 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CH(CH3)2); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 191.8 (CHO), 154.0 (ipso ArO'Pr), 145.5 {para ArCHO), 135.0 {ipso ArCHO), 132.8 (para ArO'Pr), 130.3 (ortho ArCHO), 129.2 (ortho ArCI), 127.1 {meta ArCHO), 126.4 (para ArCI), 124.7 {ipso ArCI), 115.7 {ortho ArO'Pr), 72.2
(OCH), 22.0 (OCH(CHa)2); m/z {%) (ESI+) 298 ([M+Naf, 100), 290 ([M+NH4]+, 57), 276 ([M+H]\ 42). (Found [M+H]+ 276.0794. C15H14CINO2 requires [M+H]+ 276.0786).
4'-isopropoxybiphenyl-4-carbaldehyde
Figure imgf000105_0002
White powder (61 mg, 35%). Rf 0.30 (9% ethyl acetate-hexanes); Mp 76-77 0C; vmax (film) 1701, 1600, 1252, 1187, 1176, 1102, 952, 820 cm"1; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.03 (1H1 s, CHO), 7.91 (2H, dd, J = 7.0, 2.0 Hz, ArH), 7.71 (2H, dd, J = 7.0, 2.0 Hz, ArH), 7.57 (2H, dd, J = 6.0, 2.0 Hz1 ArH), 6.99 (2H, dd, J = 7.0, 2.0 Hz, ArH), 4.62 (1 H, m, OCH), 1.37 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CH(CH3)2); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 191.9 (CHO), 158.5 (ipso ArO'Pr), 146.9 (para ArCHO), 134.6 (ipso ArCHO), 131.7 (para ArO'Pr), 130.3 (ortho ArCHO), 128.5 (meta ArO'Pr), 127.0 (meta ArCHO), 116.2 (ortho ArO'Pr), 67.0 (OCH), 22.0 (OCH(CH3)2); m/z (%) (ESI+) 298 ([M+Na]+, 100), 290 ([M+NH4]\ 57), 276 ([M+H]+, 42). (Found [M+H]+ 276.0794. Ci5H14CINO2 requires [M+H]+ 276.0786).
4'-tert-butylbiphenyl-4-carbaldehyde [Yang et al J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 5057]
Figure imgf000106_0001
White powder (109 mg, 83%). Rf 0.50 (9% ethyl acetate-hexanes); Mp 103 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 10.05 (1H, s, CHO), 7.94 (2H, dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, ArH), 7.75 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz, ArH), 7.59 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz, ArH), 7.51 (2H, d, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, ArH)1 1.37 (9H, s, C(CHa)3); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 191.9 (CHO), 151.7 (ipso A^Bu), 147.0 (para ArCHO), 136.7 (para Ar1Bu), 135.0 (ipso ArCHO), 130.3 (ortho ArCHO), 127.4 (meta ArCHO), 127.0 (meta Ai^Bu)1 126.0 (ortho A^Bu)1 34.7 (C(CH3)3), 31.3 (C(CH3)3); m/z (%) (ESI+) 320 (96), 280 (60), 239 ([M+H]+, 100), 158 (70).
The biphenyl compounds were then combined with the appropriate N-substituted rhodanines in the same way as for the pyridine analogues described above. Thus, a solution of biaryl compound (100 mg), rhodanine (1.2 eq) and sodium acetate (2.4 eq) in glacial acetic acid (3 ml.) was heated to reflux for 4 h. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure as orange solids which were redissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL) and water (15 ml_). The aqueous phase was washed with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL) and the combined organic layers dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude yellow oil was purified by flash chromatography (0 ->• 7% methanol-DCM) to yield the following compounds: [DRD01] (S,Z)-2-(5-((3'-chloro-4'-isopropoxybiphenyl-4-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2- thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-4-methylpentanoic acid
Figure imgf000107_0001
Yellow solid (193 mg, 93%). Rf 0.29 (5% methanol-DCM); Mp 104.0-105.0 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 7.73 (1 H1 s, SCCH), 7.65 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.64 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.53 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.46 (1 H, dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz), 7.02 (1 H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.82 (1 H, d, J = 4.5 Hz, NCH), 4.67-4.58 (1 H, m, OCH), 2.34-2.27 (1 H, m, IxNCHCH2), 2.18-2.12 (1H, m, IxNCHCH2), 1.62-1.50 (1H, m, CH(CH3)2), 1-42 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, 0(CHs)2), 0.99 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz1 CH(CH3)2), 0.94 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH(CH3)2); *c (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 192.9, 174.4 (CO2H), 167.2 (NCO), 153.8, 141.8, 133.3, 132.7, 131.8, 131.3, 128.9, 127.3, 126.1 , 124.7, 121.4, 115.8, 72.2 (OCH), 55.8 (NCH), 36.8 (CH2CH(CHs)2), 25.2 (CH2CH(CHs)2), 22.9 (OCH(CH3)2), 22.1 (1xCH2CH(CH3)2), 22.0 (1xCH2CH(CH3)2); m/z (%) (ESI-) 502 ([M-H]', 100), 458 (20). (Found [M-H]- 502.0992. C25H25CINO4S2 requires [M-H]" 502.0914).
[DRD02] (2S,3R)-2-((Z)-5-((3'-chloro-4'-isopropoxybiphenyl-4-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2- thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-methylpentanoic acid
Figure imgf000107_0002
Yellow solid (154 mg, 84%). R, 0.31 (5% methanol-DCM); Mp 95.0-96.5 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 7.73 (1 H, s, SCCH), 7.64 (1 H, d, J = 2.0 Hz)1 7.63 (2H1 d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.53 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.46 (1 H1 dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz)1 7.02 (1 H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.46 (1 H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, NCH), 4.63-4.59 (1H, m, OCH), 2.71-2.61 (1H, m, NCHCH), 1.41 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, OCH(CH3)2), 1.33-1.27 (1H, m, IxCH2CH3), 1.24 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CHCH3), 1.10-1.02 (1 H, m, IxCH2CH3), 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 193.0 (CO2H), 173.3 (NCO), 167.4, 153.9, 141.9, 133.5, 132.7, 131.9, 131.3, 128.9, 127.3, 126.1, 124.8, 115.8, 72.2 (OCH), 61.7 (NCH), 33.6 (NCHCH), 25.2 (CH2CH3), 22.0 (CH(CH3J2). 17.5 (CHCH3), 11.1 (CH2CH3); m/z (%) (ESI-) 502 ([M-H]", 100), 458 (55). (Found [M-H]' 502.0937. C25H25CINO4S2 requires [M-H]" 502.0914). [DRD03] (2S,3R)-2-((Z)-5-((4'-isopropoxybiphenyl-4-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2- thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-methylpentanoic acid
Figure imgf000108_0001
Yellow solid (167 mg, 86%). R, 0.34 (5% methanol-DCM); Mp 82.0-84.0 0C; δH
(CDCI3, 400 MHz) 7.74 (1 H, s, SCCH), 7.65 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.55 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.52 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.97 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 5.46 (1 H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, NCH), 4.63-4.57 (1H, m, OCH), 2.72-2.61 (1 H, m, NCHCH), 1.36 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, OCH(CHa)2), 1.33-1.27 (1 H, m, IxCH2CH3), 1.24 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CHCH3), 1.10- 1.03 (1 H, m, IxCH2CH3), 0.86 (3H, U J = 7.5 Hz, CH2CH3); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz)
193.0, 173.2 (CO2H), 167.5 (NCO)1 158.3, 143.3, 133.8, 131.5, 131.4, 131.3, 128.2, 127.2, 126.4, 116.2, 70.0 (OCH), 61.7 (NCH), 33.6 (NCHCH), 25.2 (CH2CH3), 22.0 (CH(CHa)2), 17.5 (CHCH3), 11.1 (CH2CH3); m/z (%) (ESI-) 468 ([M-H]", 90), 424 (100). (Found [M-H]" 468.1303. C25H26NO4S2 requires [M-H]- 468.1321).
[DRD04] (2S,3R)-2-((Z)-5-((4'-tert-butylbiphenyl-4-yl)methylene)-4-oxo-2- thioxothiazolidin-3-yl)-3-methylpentanoic acid
Figure imgf000108_0002
Yellow solid (182 mg, 93%). Rf 0.30 (5% methanol-DCM); Mp 112.0-113.0 0C; δH (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 7.75 (1H, s, SCCH), 7.70 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.54 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.49 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.47 (1H, U1 J = 9.0 Hz, NCH), 2.72-2.61 (1 H, m, NCHCH), 1.36 (9H, s, C(CH)3), 1.32-1.27 (1H, m, IxCH2CH3), 1.24 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CHCH3), 1.10-1.03 (1 H, m, IxCH2CH3), 0.86 (3H, t, J = 7.5 Hz, CH2CH3); δc (CDCI3, 100 MHz) 193.1 , 173.3 (CO2H), 167.5 (NCO), 151.6, 143.5, 136.5, 133.7, 131.8, 131.3, 127.7, 126.8, 126.0, 121.1 (SCC), 61.7 (NCH), 34.6 (C(CH3)3), 33.6 (CHCH3), 31.3 (C(CH3)3), 25.2 (CH2CH3), 17.6 (CHCH3), 11.1 (CH2CH3); m/z (%) (ESI-) 466 ([M-H]-, 30), 422 (20), 161 (100). (Found [M-H]" 466.1559. C26H28NO3S2 requires [M-H]" 466.1511 ). The following table summarises the compounds made.
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
TABLE 1 - compounds synthesised
Biological Methods Cell lines
All cell culture components were purchased from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, CA). Human cancer cell lines: Breast (MCF-7), lung (NCI-H460) and CNS (SF268) were obtained from National Cancer Institute; Prostate (PC3 and DU 145) and Leukemia (K562) were purchased from ATCC (Manassas, VA). The human ovarian carcinoma cell lines (IA9) and its drug resistant mutant (epothilone-resistant, A8) are available from NCI and ATCC.
All the cell lines were cultured in RPMI supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum (FBS) except IA9 and A8 cells were cultured in RPMI supplemented with 10% FBS, 2 mM glutamine, 50 units/ml streptomycin and penicillin.
Cell density determination
The sulforhodamine B (SRB) assay was used for cell density determination, based on the measurement of cellular protein content. Under mild acidic conditions, it binds to basic amino acid residues and under mild basic conditions it can be extracted from cells and solubilized for measurement. Results of the SRB assay were linear with cell number and cellular protein measured at cellular densities ranging from 1 to 200% of confluency.
Drug solubilization
All the compounds were solubilized in neat DMSO (Sigma Aldrich, St. Louis, MO) at
10 mM stock concentration and kept frozen at -80 0C before use.
BcI-X1 expression and purification
A vector modified from pET-32a containing the construct for human BcI-XL (from residues 1-218 with the flexible loop from residues 45 to 84 removed) as described by Zhang et al [Zhang et al., J. MoI. Biol. 2006, 364, (3), 536-549] was used for expression of wild-type Bcl-XL and its mutants (F105A, L108A, E129A, L130A, R139A, A142G & Y173F). The DNA sequences of all the constructs were confirmed by BigDye sequencing. The expression, purification and thrombin cleavage of His- tagged Bcl-XL protein were performed as described previously [Zhang et al 2006].
A vector modified from pET-32a containing the construct for mouse McI- 1 (from residues 147-308) with GST-tag was cloned and used for expression of wild-type mMcl-1 and its mutants (H205A, A208G, M212A, V230A, K236A, T247A & F251A). The DNA sequences of all the constructs were confirmed by BigDye sequencing. The GST-tagged protein was expressed in BL21 (DE3) Escherichia coli cells: the cells were grown at 370C to an OD of 1.0 at 600 nm and then induction was done at 20 0C for 12 hrs with 0.5 mM isopropyl-β-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) in rich medium and M9 minimal medium with 15N ammonium chloride (1gm/lit, Cambridge Isotope Lab.) and glucose (4 gm/lit) as the sole nitrogen and carbon sources, respectively. The expressed protein was purified using the procedure described for the purification of Bcl-XL in the previous section except GST-mMcl-1 fusion protein was purified with glutathione-sepharose affinity chromatography using 1X PBS (pH 7.0) as a equilibration buffer and 50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.9) containing 10 mM reduced glutathione as a elution buffer.
Cytotoxicity - Pre-screeninq assay Cytotoxicity studies were performed using the sulphorhodamine B assay. Cytotoxicity of each drug was evaluated by the GI50 value, representing the 50% growth inhibition compared to non-treated control and a control at the time of drug addition (TO). In brief, cells were seeded on 96-well plates (Greiner, Frickenhausen, Germany) in 100 //I of culture medium (10,000, 10,000 and 5000 cells/well for MCF- 7, SF268 and NCI-H460, respectively). Twenty four hours later, 100 μ\ of medium containing 10 μM of desired compounds was added duplicate to the respective well. The plates were incubated for 48 hr at 37°C before fixing with 50% cold trichloroacetic acid (Sigma Aldrich, St. Louis, MO) for one hour after which the plates were washed five times with distilled water. The plates were then air-dried at room temperature. The fixed cells were stained with 100 μ\ of 0.4% (w/v) SRB (Sigma Aldrich, St. Louis, MO) in 1% acetic acid for 10 min. Excess SRB was removed by washing the plates four times with 1% acetic acid. After drying, 100 μ\ of 10 mM Tris base (pH 10.5) were added to solubilize the protein bound SRB and mixed. The absorbance was measured at 515 nm using a Versamax microtitre plate reader (Molecular Devices) and GI50 was calculated from 5 dosage responses using Softmax®Pro 3.1 software based on point to point plot. Percentage of net growth was calculated as below:
If TO >T, % of net growth = ((T-TOy(C-TO)) * 100 If TO < T, % of net growth = ((T-TO)HO) * 100
T is the optical density of the test well after a 48-hour drug exposure. TO is the optical density at time zero, and C is the control optical density after 48 hours.
Positive control: Paclitaxel and Doxorubicin (Sigma Aldrich) Negative control: Cells without drug addition
Compounds exhibiting % of net growth <50% in the pre-screening assay were proceeded for Gl50 determination.
Cytotoxicity - GIm determination
The protocol is the same as the pre-screening assay except that 100 μ\ of media containing five different concentrations (0.001 μM, 0.01 μM, 0.1 μM, 1 μM and 10 μM) of the desired compounds were added to the respective well. The seeding densities for the respective cell lines are as followed: PC3 (7500), DU 145 (7500),
K562 (5000), IA9 (5000) and A8 (10,000).
Competitive binding - Fluorescence Polarization Assays
The Bak-BH3 peptide labeled with fluorescein at the N terminus was synthesized by Mimotopes (Clayton, Victoria, Australia) and purified by HPLC. The peptide was dissolved in DMSO at 1 mM, and stock solutions of the test compounds (4mM in DMSO) were used for serial dilutions (250 μM to 0.65μM final concentrations). The reaction was carried out in a total volume of 100 μL/well containing 3 μg glutathione S-transferase (GST)-hBclXLΔC19 or 3 μg glutathione S-transferase (GST)-hMcl- 1ΔC20 and 60 nM labeled peptide in assay buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 8, 150 mM NaCI and 0.1% bovine serum albumin). To each well was added 10 μL of the test compounds, and the reaction mixture was incubated at rt for 1 h. The fluorescence polarization values were determined using Tecan GeniosPro plate reader using the excitation/emission wavelengths 485/535 nm.
Isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC) ITC experiments of the binding of ligands to proteins (Bcl-XL and mMcl-1 ) were performed by VP-ITC (Microcal, USA) at 25 0C, pH 7.0. In all ITC experiments, the BCI-XL or mMcl-1 dissolved in 20 mM phosphate buffer at a concentration of 50 μM were taken into the sample cell and the compounds were dissolved in 20 mM phosphate buffer containing 1% DMSO (v/v) at a concentration of 1mM were taken into the syringe compartment of the calorimetry.
The reference cell was filled with 20 mM phosphate buffer. All solutions were degassed before usage. After thermal equilibration, aliquots of 10 μ\ of ligand solution were added into the sample cell containing protein solution, which was stirred constantly at 320 rpm. After each injection, the change in the heat of interaction was monitored by the VP-ITC and the data were processed and analyzed by Origin 5.0. All sample data obtained after appropriate blank corrections were fitted to various model equations to choose right binding model which presumably yields exact thermodynamic parameters of protein-ligand interactions. For blank ITC experiments, the sample and reference cells were filled with 20 mM phosphate buffer and the ligand solution was added from syringe into sample cell at the conditions which were identical to the conditions mentioned above for the protein samples.
Biological Data Cytotoxicity
All of the compounds tested exhibited activity. The results for specific compounds are set out in Tables 2 and 3 below.
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
TABLE 2 - cytotoxicity (prescreening) data
Figure imgf000118_0001
TABLE 3 - cytotoxicity data
FPA Data
PRD and DRD compounds were screened using FPA against the fluorescein-labeled Bak-peptide and the proteins Bcl-XL and Mcl-1. The IC50 values are summarized in Table 4. Whilst some active compounds exhibited low or no detectable binding at the concentrations tested, others exhibited very significant levels of binding. The structural variations between and within each series of compounds comprise the substitution pattern on the aryl ring system and the substitution on the Λ/-atom of the rhodanine.
Figure imgf000118_0002
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
TABLE 4 - FPA data
Within the series PRD01 to PRD06, where the aryl ring system is the 2,3- dimethoxyphen-1-yl group, PRD01 and PRD02 do not displace the Bak peptide from the BCI-XL protein at the concentrations tested. The values for the valine, leucine and isoleucine derivatives PRD03 to PRD05 show comparable activity to each other, while the phenylalanine derivative PRD06 showed a lower IC50 value against the BcI- XL protein. Similar displacement studies with the Mcl-1 protein showed that all the compounds in the series PRD01 to PRD06 were active with IC50 values ranging from 115μM to 18 μM, with PRD06 being the best inhibitor of both Bcl-XL and Mcl-1.
For the series PRD07 to PRD12, where the aryl ring system is retained as the 3,4- dioxolobenzene, the inhibitory profile for the Bcl-XL protein is similar with that observed with PRD01 to PRD06. For PRD07 no significant binding was observed at the concentrations studied but in displacement studies with Mcl-1 , rhodanine derivatives PRD08 to PRD12 have IC50 values ranging from 138 to 21 μM.
The series PRD13 to PRD18 is similar to PRD01 to PRD06 with the exception of the methoxy group at the R4 rather than R2 position. PRD 16 and PRD 17 are moderately active against Bcl-XL. Compound PRD18 has one of the lowest IC50 values against Mcl-1 (22 μM), which indicates that it may be a selective Mcl-1 inhibitor.
The series of compounds PRD19 to PRD24 contain the 3-chloro-4-isopropylbenzene as the aryl group. Four compounds display significant activity against Bcl-XL, with the leucine and isoleucine derivatives (PRD22 and PRD23) being the most active (IC50=33 and 32 μM respectively). These compounds are all active against Mcl-1 (IC50=13 to 63 //M).
The inhibition studies with Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 show that some of the compounds synthesized show preferential selectivity for Mcl-1 over BCI-XL. A number of the novel rhodanines are inhibitors of both Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 (e.g. PRD03 to PRD06, PRD09 to PRD12, PRD16 to PRD17 and PRD21 to PRD24). The IC50 values for some of these rhodanines, as measured against the Bak peptide, are lower than the ICs0 values obtained for the known inhibitor BH3I-1. Some of the active pyridylrohodanines are Mcl-1 selective inhibitors with IC50 values between 22 μM to 81 μM (e.g. PRD02, PRD15, PRD18, PRD19 and PRD20).
The potent Mcl-1 inhibitors may be important as drugs on their own, or as an effective co-therapeutic with Bcl-XL specific inhibitors.
Binding Constants
Investigation of the protein-ligand interactions was carried out for some of the compounds using isothermal calorimetry (ITC) to validate the binding affinities of
BH3I-1 , PRD06 and PRD18 to the respective proteins. The binding affinities of BH3I- 1 , PRD06 and PRD18 to Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 were investigated by monitoring the changes in the heat of binding of the complexes using VP-ITC (Microcal, USA) at pH
7.0, 25 0C.
Figures 2A to 2C show the heat released upon titration of Bcl-XL BH3I-1 , PRD06 or PRD18 as a function of the ligand to the protein ratio. The data is best fitted to a 2- site sequential binding model, but in general the first dissociation constant K1 is ten to a hundred times smaller than the second dissociation constant K2. Due to the large difference in magnitude between K1 and K2, the K2 values can be ignored and the results can be interpreted in light of a single-site binding model where K1= Kd. The dissociation constant for BH3I-1 was estimated at Kd = 9 μM against Bcl-XL. This value is similar to the literature value previously reported (IC50=5.86 μM against FITC-Bid).
For PRD06, the dissociation constant was measured to be Kd = 3.4 μM with BCI-XL. Both Kd values measured by ITC are ten times lower than the IC50 value obtained by FPA using Bcl-XL and the labeled Bak peptide. The dissociation constant estimated for Bcl-XL and PRD18 was higher than 750 μM, and an accurate value could not be obtained due to the higher fitted-error associated with the data. This observation is due to a very small change in the heat of binding of the Bcl-XL- PRD18 complex indicating that the binding affinity is weak. Overall, the results suggest that the binding affinity of PRD06 to the protein is roughly twice that of BH3I-1 , while PRD18 does not bind so strongly to Bcl-XL. With respect to Mcl-1 (data not shown), the ITC of BH3I-1 showed a poor thermal response. This would indicate that BH3I-1 binds weakly to Mcl-1. In contrast, PRD06 binds with a Kd= 16 μM. Compound PRD18 on the other hand has a weaker binding affinity of Kd=26 μM. The binding constants obtained via ITC measurements using Mcl-1 are in excellent agreement with the values obtained by FPA.
The results show that the binding affinities obtained by ITC closely mirror the results obtained by FPA. Both FPA and ITC show that compound BH3I-1 binds to Bcl-XL as previously reported, but in contrast does not seem to bind to Mcl-1 as earlier reported. The FPA and ITC results also show that PRD06 binds both Bcl-XL and McI- 1 at low μM concentrations (Kd=3.4 μM and 16 μM respectively). Furthermore, the ITC results verify that PRD18 binds to Mcl-1 (Kd=26 μM).
To verify that the protein-ligand complexes were stable under these conditions and were not uncoiled, the apparent free energy values of the unbound proteins and the protein-ligand complexes were examined by GdnHCI-induced denaturation processes using fluorescence spectrometry [data not shown]. It was noted that the differences in the free energy of the free protein and its complexes were negligible by accounting the fitted-error associated with the data, which implies that the structure of the protein Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 as well as their respective complexes were indeed stable.
Figures 3A and 3B show the results of the WST Cytotoxicity Assay in which A549 cancer cells were treated with varying concentrations of the test compounds.
Thus, Figures 3A and 3B illustrate the cytotoxicity of the compounds against A549 human alveolar basal epithelial cancer cells as determined in the WST Assay. The library of lead compounds were also screened against cancer cells which over- express Bcl-XL and Mcl-1 and the compounds were found to induce apoptosis in these cells. The cytotoxicity of these compounds was found to be better than that of BH3I-1.
It is to be understood that variants of the above described examples of the invention in its various aspects, such as would be readily apparent to the skilled person, may be made without departing from the scope of the invention in any of its aspects.

Claims

1. A compound selected from compounds of formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000123_0001
Formula I wherein:
X1 is independently selected from CH2 and C=S;
one of X2 and X3 is N and the other is CH;
R1 is independently selected from H or RN, wherein RN is independently branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated C1-20alkyl and is optionally substituted;
each of RA and RB is independently selected from H, Ci-2oalkyl, C1-20alkoxy, C3-20aryl, C^oaryl-C^alkyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, halo, amino, OH or RA and RB together with the ring atoms to which they are attached form C3-7heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted;
Rc is independently selected from halo and C3-20aryl, and is optionally substituted;
n is independently 0 to 5;
and is a single or double bond.
2. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein R1 is independently RN, and RN is independently branched or unbranched C1-20alkyl or C3-2oaryl-C1-20alkyl and is substituted with RAN, wherein RAN is an acid group or an ester group, and is optionally further substituted.
3. A compound according to claim 2, wherein RN is:
Figure imgf000124_0001
wherein
RAN is an acid group or an ester group, preferably selected from -C(O)ORE, - P(O)(ORE)2, -SO3RE and -B(ORE)2; wherein each RE is independently selected from H, C1-7alkyl and C3-12aryl; and
R is selected from H, branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C1. ioalkyl and C5-6aryl-C1-10alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
4. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein X1 is C=S, n is 0, and is a double bond.
5. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein X2 is N and X3 is CH.
6. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein R2, R3 and R4 are selected as follows: (a) R2 is C1-2QaIkOXy, R3 is C1-2oalkoxy and R4 is H; or (b) each of R3 and R4 is independently C1-20alkyl, C1-2oalkoxy, halo or together form a -0-CH2-O- group, and R2 is H; and wherein each of R5, R6, RA and RB is H.
7. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the compound is selected from:
Figure imgf000124_0002
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
8. A compound selected from compounds of formula VIII, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000126_0002
Formula VIII wherein:
each of X1, R1, RA, RB and n is independently as defined in any one of claims
1 to 6; and
RD is independently C3-20aryl, preferably phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
9. A compound according to claim 8, wherein the compound is selected from compounds of formula IX, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000127_0001
Formula IX
wherein each of R jA , R DB , D R2 , n R3ό, D R4 , π R5s, R is as defined in any one of claims 1 to 7; and
RN is independently selected from branched or unbranched saturated or unsaturated Ci-2oalkyl and C3-2Oaryl-Ci-2oalkyl, and is substituted with RAN, wherein RAN is an acid group or an ester group, and is optionally further substituted.
10. A compound according to claim 9, wherein RN is:
Figure imgf000127_0002
wherein
RAN is an acid group or an ester group, preferably selected from -C(O)ORE, - P(O)(ORE)2, -SO3RE and -B(ORE)2; wherein each RE is independently selected from H, C^alkyl and C3-i2aryl; and
R is selected from H, branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C1- ioalkyl and C5-6a ry 1-C1-1Oa I kyl and is optionally substituted.
11. A compound according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein R2, R3 and R4 are selected as follows: (a) R2 is C1-2QaIkOXy, R3 is C1-20alkoxy and R4 is H; (b) each of R3 and R4 is independently C1-2oalkyl, Ci-2oalkoxy, halo or together form a -0-CH2-O- group, and R2 is H; and wherein each of R5, R6, RA and RB is H.
12. A compound according to any one of claims 8 to 11 , wherein the compound is selected from:
Figure imgf000128_0001
13. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
14. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12 for use in a method of treatment of cancer.
15. A method of treating cancer using a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
PCT/SG2009/000301 2008-08-27 2009-08-27 Biarylrhodanine and pyridylrhodanine compounds and their use WO2010024783A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US9214108P 2008-08-27 2008-08-27
US61/092,141 2008-08-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010024783A1 true WO2010024783A1 (en) 2010-03-04

Family

ID=41721745

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/SG2009/000301 WO2010024783A1 (en) 2008-08-27 2009-08-27 Biarylrhodanine and pyridylrhodanine compounds and their use

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2010024783A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2831067A4 (en) * 2012-03-29 2015-11-04 Univ Michigan Small molecule inhibitors of mcl-1 and uses thereof
US9295650B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2016-03-29 Mallinckrodt Llc Functional, cross-linked nanostructures for tandem optical imaging and therapy
US10195213B2 (en) 2015-03-13 2019-02-05 Unity Biotechnology, Inc. Chemical entities that kill senescent cells for use in treating age-related disease

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003015788A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-02-27 Gemin X Biotechnologies Inc. Methods for treatment of prevention of cancer or neoplastic diseases
WO2004028535A1 (en) * 2002-09-26 2004-04-08 Pintex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pin1-modulating compounds and methods of use thereof

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003015788A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-02-27 Gemin X Biotechnologies Inc. Methods for treatment of prevention of cancer or neoplastic diseases
WO2004028535A1 (en) * 2002-09-26 2004-04-08 Pintex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pin1-modulating compounds and methods of use thereof

Non-Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE DATABASE 24 June 2007 (2007-06-24), Database accession no. 938752-26-2 *
DATABASE DATABASE 25 June 2007 (2007-06-25), Database accession no. 938807-34-2 *
DATABASE DATABASE 25 June 2007 (2007-06-25), Database accession no. 938860-73-2 *
DATABASE DATABASE 26 October 2005 (2005-10-26), Database accession no. 866154-45-2 *
PATANI ET AL.: "Bioisosterism: a rational approach in drug design", CHEMICAL REVIEWS, vol. 96, no. 8, 1996, pages 3147 - 3176 *
WANG ET AL.: "WL-276, an Antagonist against Bcl-2 Proteins, Overcomes Drug Resistance and Suppresses Prostate Tumor Growth", CANCER RESEARCH, vol. 68, no. 11, 1 June 2008 (2008-06-01), pages 4377 - 4383 *
XING ET AL.: "Development of selective inhibitors for anti-apoptotic Bcl-2 proteins from BHI-1", BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 15, no. 5, 2007, pages 2167 - 2176 *

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9295650B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2016-03-29 Mallinckrodt Llc Functional, cross-linked nanostructures for tandem optical imaging and therapy
US9662387B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2017-05-30 Mallinckrodt Llc Functional, cross-linked nanostructures for tandem optical imaging and therapy
EP2831067A4 (en) * 2012-03-29 2015-11-04 Univ Michigan Small molecule inhibitors of mcl-1 and uses thereof
US9914723B2 (en) 2012-03-29 2018-03-13 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Small molecule inhibitors of Mcl-1 and uses thereof
US10195213B2 (en) 2015-03-13 2019-02-05 Unity Biotechnology, Inc. Chemical entities that kill senescent cells for use in treating age-related disease
US10426788B2 (en) 2015-03-13 2019-10-01 Unity Biotechnology, Inc. Chemical entities that kill senescent cells for use in treating age-related disease

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101059183B1 (en) Pyrrolobenzodiazepine
EP2558445B1 (en) Intermediates useful for the synthesis of pyrrolobenzodiazepines
WO2002026703A1 (en) Carbamic acid compounds comprising an ether linkage as hdac inhibitors
KR20080004618A (en) Pyrrolobenzodiazepines
WO2013053872A1 (en) Synthesis method and intermediates useful in the preparation of pyrrolobenzodiazepines
JP2009505973A (en) EP2 receptor agonist
AU2002317303B2 (en) 4-aryl quinols and analogs thereof as therapeutic agents
AU2003201042A1 (en) Therapeutic acridone and acridine compounds
WO2010024783A1 (en) Biarylrhodanine and pyridylrhodanine compounds and their use
AU2002317303A1 (en) 4-aryl quinols and analogs thereof as therapeutic agents
AU2004238625A1 (en) Glyoxalase inhibitors
EP1572197B1 (en) 4- 1- (sulfonyl) -1h-indol-2-yl)-4- (hydroxy) -cyclohexa-2,5-dienone compounds and analogs thereof as therapeutic agents
US20040254149A1 (en) 3, 4-Methylenedioxy-substituted chalcones as therapeutic agents
EP1432669B1 (en) 4-(c2-6 alkoxy)-substituted chalcones as therapeutic agents
WO2023041906A1 (en) Idebenone derivatives and their use in treating plants
WO2005097113A2 (en) 5-ht2b receptor antagonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09810329

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09810329

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1